51 Structure
-
Upload
luiz-fernando-carvalho -
Category
Documents
-
view
216 -
download
0
Transcript of 51 Structure
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 1/711
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) STRUCTURE
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 3/711
This document must be used for training purposes only
Under no circumstances should this document be used as a reference
It will not be updated.
All rights reserved
No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form,
by photostat, microfilm, retrieval system, or any other means,
without the prior written permission of AIRBUS S.A.S.
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 5/711
STRUCTUREStructure General (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Doors D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Fuselage D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
A318 Fuselage D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Pylons/Nacelles D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Stabilizers D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
A318 Stabilizers D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Windows D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Wings D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Structure Damage Identification D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Window Damage Identification D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
SRM D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Window Damage Assessment D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Damage Assessment Example 1 D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Damage Assessment Example 2 D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
A318 Damage Assessment Example 3 D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
Structure Protections & Awareness D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
Damage Assessment Ex. 1 Operational Scenario (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
Damage Assessment Ex. 2 Operational Scenario (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
A318 Damage Assessment Ex. 3 Operat. Scenario(3) . . . . . . . . . . . 702
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
TABLE OF CONTENTS May 11, 2006
Page 1
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 6/711
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)
AIRCRAFT MATERIALS
METALLIC MATERIALS
The basic A/C structure is made of aluminum alloys with stainless
steel and titanium alloys in specific areas.
COMPOSITE MATERIALS
Composite materials are used for primary and secondary structure.
Composite materials represent about 15% of the A/C structural weight.
Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP) is mainly used for primary
structures, whilst Aramid Fiber Reinforced Plastic (AFRP) and Glass
Fiber Reinforced Plastic (GFRP) are only used for secondary
structures.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006
Page 2
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P1000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 7/711
AIRCRAFT MATERIALS - METALLIC MATERIALS & COMPOSITE MATERIALS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006
Page 3
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P1000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 8/711
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)
STRUCTURE PROTECTION
AIRCRAFT DRAINAGE
Wings and fuselage have different types of drains. Holes and gaps are
meant to be used for a natural drainage of the fluid collection points.
Drain holes are drilled before application of pretreatments. Remote
drains are used when natural drainage is not possible.
SURFACE PRETREATMENT
The protection of the structure against corrosion is achieved by means
of appropriate surface pretreatment of the metallic parts.
Aluminum alloys: the primary protection is generally a pure aluminum
cladding. The main pretreatment used is the unsealed chromic acid
anodizing.Titanium alloys: surface interfaying with aluminum alloy parts are
zinc sprayed. The other titanium alloy surfaces are left bare. Titanium
fasteners are either sulphuric acid anodized or aluminum coated.
Composite materials are left bare.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006
Page 4
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100
0000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 9/711
STRUCTURE PROTECTION - AIRCRAFT DRAINAGE & SURFACE PRETREATMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006
Page 5
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100
0000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 10/711
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)
STRUCTURE PROTECTION (continued)
PAINT SYSTEM
Before the final paint system, all aluminum parts are primed. The
paint system used includes polyurethane primers and paint on the
external surfaces, and epoxy primers and polyurethane paint on the
internal surfaces. Anti-slip paint is the overwing escape zones.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006
Page 6
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100
0000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 11/711
STRUCTURE PROTECTION - PAINT SYSTEM
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006
Page 7
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100
0000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 12/711
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)
STRUCTURE PROTECTION (continued)
NO STEP AREAS
Protective mats are required on the horizontal stabilizer as it is a carbon
fiber structure.
JACKING POINTS
Three jacking points are provided, one below each wing outboard of the
pylon and one in front of the NLG bay.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006
Page 8
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100
0000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 13/711
STRUCTURE PROTECTION & JACKING POINTS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006
Page 9
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100
0000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 14/711
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)
A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES
The Main structure differences between the A319/A320/A321 and the
A318 are due to the reduced length of the fuselage. There are several
general structure changes, laser beam welded structures and the vertical
stabilizer fin tip extension.
GENERAL STRUCTURE CHANGES
The main general structure changes are:
- on section 17, due to reduced length of the fuselage, the longitudinal
beams, the seat rails and the Z-profiles are replaced by new ones. The
crossbeams at FRame 52, FR53 and FR54 are removed. New
crossbeams are installed between FR55 to FR64,
- due to its location in the non-cylindrical part of the fuselage, a new
cargo sill box replaces the A319/A320/A321 one's, in section 17,
- on section 15, the A319/A320/A321 skin panels have been modified.
For weight reduction the A318 skin panels are thinner than the
A319/A320/A321 one's,
- the aft part of the belly fairing is modified due to an overlap with
non-cylindrical part of the fuselage. To avoid interference with cargo
compartment door, the A318 belly fairing is two panels shorter than
the A319/A320/A321 one's.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006
Page 10
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100
0000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 15/711
A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES - GENERAL STRUCTURE CHANGES
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006
Page 11
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100
0000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 16/711
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)
A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES (continued)
VERTICAL STABILIZER
Compared with A319/A320/A321 A/Cs, the A318 vertical stabilizer
fin tip is 750 mm (29,5 in.) longer.
The new developed tip is completely made of GFRP. There is an
additional fin leading edge panel. There is a new spar and a new CFRP
adaptor box, between the fin base and the fin tip.
The metallic rudder tip is longer by 100 mm in vertical direction. The
rudder trailing edge is increased in width by 50 mm.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006
Page 12
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100
0000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 17/711
A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES - VERTICAL STABILIZER
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006
Page 13
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100
0000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 18/711
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)
A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES (continued)
LASER BEAM WELDING
The technology used for the A319/A320/A321 A/Cs is riveted
skin/stringer. On the A318, the skin/stringer connections are welded.
The new laser beam welded skin panels are installed in:
- the sections 13/14, FR24 to FR35, stringers 18 to 32,
- the sections 16/17, FR47/54 to FR64, stringers 32 to 41.
The skin panels are made thicker where the stringers are welded onto
them.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006
Page 14
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100
0000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 19/711
A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES - LASER BEAM WELDING
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006
Page 15
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100
0000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 20/711
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)
A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES (continued)
CARGO DOORS
The A318 forward and aft cargo doors are smaller. The new cargo
door width is reduced from 1.82 m (71.5 in) to 1.28 m (50.5 in). The
under-floor cargo offers a usable volume of 21.21 m3. There is no
containerized cargo system option.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006
Page 16
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P1000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 21/711
A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES - CARGO DOORS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006
Page 17
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P1000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 22/711
DOORS D/O (3)
GENERAL
The fuselage has:
- 4 passenger/crew doors,- 2 or 4, emergency exits depending on the A/C type,
- 2 cargo compartment doors,
- 1 bulk cargo compartment door (A320 & A321 only),
- landing gear bay doors and access doors for servicing and maintenance.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 18
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D1000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 23/711
GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 19
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D1000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 24/711
DOORS D/O (3)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT DOORS
PASSENGER/CREW DOOR
The aircraft has four type C passenger doors, located on each side of
the fuselage at frame (Fr) 16/20 and 66/68.
Normal operation of the door is possible from the inside and the
outside of the aircraft. Arming of the emergency operation is only
possible from inside.
The doors are of fail-safe, plug-type construction. The structure is of
conventional design, composed of an outer skin, frame segments and
beams. Edgemembers built a surrouding frame on which hinge fittings
and locking mechanisms are installed. The loads resulting from cabin
pressure are transferred by stop fittings located on each side of the
door and the frame.All the doors include an evacuation system. The escape slides or slide
/ rafts are stowed at the lower part of the passenger/crew door.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 20
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10
00000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 25/711
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT DOORS - PASSENGER/CREW DOOR
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 21
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10
00000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 26/711
DOORS D/O (3)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT DOORS (continued)
EMERGENCY EXIT DOORS
On A318 and A319 aircraft are two Type III overwing emergency
exits installed, one on each side of the fuselage.
The A320 aircraft has four Type III overwing emergency exit doors,
two on each side of the fuselage.
In an emergency, these exits can be opened manually.
These emergency exits are of conventional plug type construction and
contain a standard size passenger cabin window.
The A321 aircraft has four Type "C" emergency exits, one on each
side of the fuselage sections 14A and 16A, between Fr 35.1 and 35.3A
and between Fr 47.2A and 47.4. The structural design and operation
of these plug-type exits is similar to the passenger doors.In an emergency, these exits can be opened manually; they are operated
like the passenger doors.
These emergency exits are of conventional plug-type construction.
A slide (or slide/raft) is installed in a compartment below each door.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 22
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10
00000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 27/711
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT DOORS - EMERGENCY EXIT DOORS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 23
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10
00000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 28/711
DOORS D/O (3)
CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS
FWD & AFT CARGO DOORS
Two doors in the lower RH side of the fuselage provide access to the
main cargo compartments.
These doors are designed to carry loads from differential pressure and
circumferential loads of the frames from the fuselage. With this
consideration, they are of conventional design and have:
- an outer and inner skins,
- an internal structure of drop-forged machined circumferential frames.
The upper ends of these frames are connected to the hinges for the
door, and the lower ends are attachment for the locking hooks. The
A318 cargo doors cutout is reduced by 534 mm (one frame pitch).
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 24
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10
00000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 29/711
CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS - FWD & AFT CARGO DOORS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 25
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10
00000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 30/711
DOORS D/O (3)
CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS (continued)
BULK CARGO DOOR (A320 & A321 ONLY)
The bulk cargo compartment, at the rear, has a conventional plug-type
door, located between Fr 60 and 62.
The door is operated, locked and unlocked manually and can be opened
from the outside.
It is opened by pushing inward and upward and is locked in the open
position onto the ceiling of the compartment. (In this compartment,
nets are provided to maintain the clearance for the door opening). The
weight of the door is compensated by a torsion bar. The door is
connected to the door locking warning system.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 26
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10
00000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 31/711
CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS - BULK CARGO DOOR (A320 & A321 ONLY)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 27
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10
00000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 32/711
DOORS D/O (3)
ACCESS & SERVICE DOORS
The access doors are installed in the aircraft for inspection of the structure
and to give access to maintenance. Service doors are installed in thefuselage to give access to the servicing of systems.
All access and service doors are opened and closed manually.
Access and service doors are illustrated as follows:
- Avionics compartment door: there are four avionic compartment doors
like the one illustrated. This avionics compartment access door is installed
in the lower shell of the fuselage between Fr 3 and Fr 5 in a pressurized
area. The door can be opened from the inside or the outside.
- APU doors: The APU access doors are installed in the fuselage tail cone
in Zone 310. These doors are located in the lower part of the fuselage
between Fr 80A and Fr 84A. The doors give you access to the APU for
maintenance.
There are also access and service doors - not-illustrated: These doors are
located in the fuselage and belly fairing for water, waste, external power
and maintenance.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 28
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10
00000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 33/711
ACCESS & SERVICE DOORS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 29
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10
00000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 34/711
DOORS D/O (3)
LANDING GEAR DOORS
NOSE LANDING GEAR (NLG) DOORS
Landing gear doors give protection to the landing gear when the
aircraft is in flight.
The nose and auxiliary landing gear doors have five parts:
- two forward doors, hydraulically actuated, which can be closed with
the gear in the extended or retracted position. These doors are made
from CFRP (Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic) sandwich materials
with a honeycomb core. They are hinged to the landing gear bay
longitudinal edges.
- two aft doors, linked to the gear by a rotating rod, which are made
from CFRP sandwich materials with an honeycomb core. The purpose
of these doors hinged to the landing gear bay rear lateral edge, is toallow the forward doors to be retracted when the gear is extended.
- one small door (fixed door) attached to the landing gear leg is made
from aluminum alloy.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 30
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10
00000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 35/711
LANDING GEAR DOORS - NOSE LANDING GEAR (NLG) DOORS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 31
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D1000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 36/711
DOORS D/O (3)
LANDING GEAR DOORS (continued)
MAIN LANDING GEAR (MLG) DOORS
The main landing gear doors are made from CFRP sandwich materials
with a honeycomb core, and have three parts:
- a main door, hydraulically actuated, which is hinged to the fuselage
keel beam parallel to the aircraft center line and can be closed with
the gear in the extended or retracted position,
- a fairing attached to the gear leg (fixed fairing door),
- a small door hinged to the wing structure in the neighborhood of the
upper end of the main leg (hinged fairing door).
All doors are part of the fuselage belly fairing and wing lower surface
in closed position.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 32
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D1000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 37/711
LANDING GEAR DOORS - MAIN LANDING GEAR (MLG) DOORS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 33
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D1000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 38/711
FUSELAGE D/O (3)
GENERAL
FUSELAGE LAYOUT
The fuselage is divided into five main parts:
- the nose forward fuselage (ATA 53-10-00),
- the forward fuselage (ATA 53-20-00),
- the center fuselage (ATA 53-30-00),
- the rear fuselage (ATA 53-40-00),
- and the cone/rear fuselage (ATA 53-50-00).
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 34
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 39/711
GENERAL - FUSELAGE LAYOUT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 35
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 40/711
FUSELAGE D/O (3)
GENERAL (continued)
FUSELAGE BREAKDOWN
Compared with the A320, the A321 forward fuselage is eight framebays longer (additional section 14A, extending between frames (Fr)
35 and 35.8).
The A321 rear fuselage is five frame bays longer (additional section
16A, extending between Fr 47 and Fr 47.5.
Compared with the A320, the A319 forward fuselage (section 13/14)
and the rear fuselage (section 16/17) are respectively three frame bays
and four frame bays shorter.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 36
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 41/711
GENERAL - FUSELAGE BREAKDOWN
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 37
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 42/711
FUSELAGE D/O (3)
NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The nose forward fuselage includes section 11, between Fr 1 and Fr12, and section 12, from Fr 12 to Fr 24.
The pressurized zone extends from Fr 1 to Fr 24.
The unpressurized zones are the radome, forward of Fr 1 and the nose
landing gear bay.
The structure of the nose forward fuselage has three parts:
- the forward upper structure, between Fr 1 and 11, which makes the
flight deck,
- the aft upper structure, between Fr 12 and 24, which makes the
forward part of the passenger cabin,
- the lower structure between Fr 1 and 24.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 38
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 43/711
NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 39
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 44/711
FUSELAGE D/O (3)
NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued)
FORWARD & AFT UPPER STRUCTURES
The forward upper structure between Fr 1 and Fr 12 includes:- closed frames,
- opened frames at level of openings for windshield and side windows,
- the forward pressure bulkhead,
- the flight deck floor support structure including two lateral boxes,
- the skin panels and the windshield frames,
The skin panels just above and below the windshield are made of
titanium alloy for bird impact requirements.
The aft upper structure, between Fr 12 and Fr 24, is the forward
passenger compartment and contains:
- the forward passenger/crew door between Fr 16 and 20,- conventional assembly of skin, stringers and frames,
- the floor support structure.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 40
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 45/711
NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - FORWARD & AFT UPPER STRUCTURES
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 41
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 46/711
FUSELAGE D/O (3)
NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued)
LOWER STRUCTURE
This part of section 11/12 contains the nose landing gear bay, accessand service door cutouts.
The nose landing gear bay is shaped by three machined panels
reinforced by horizontal and vertical extruded sections attached to the
corresponding frames. The lower parts of Fr 9 and Fr 20 are the
forward and rear limits of the gear bay.
The lower fuselage comprises three skin panels. The central panel has
an opening for access between Fr 3 and 5 and the opening for the nose
landing gear bay between Fr 9 and 20.
The right hand side panel has two openings for access, between Fr 12
and 14 and Fr 21 and 23.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 42
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2
000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 47/711
NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - LOWER STRUCTURE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 43
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2
000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 48/711
FUSELAGE D/O (3)
FORWARD FUSELAGE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
This area of the fuselage lies between Fr 24 and Fr 35.It contains the front part of the passenger cabin and beneath the cabin
floor and the forward cargo compartment. The forward cargo door is
on the starboard side.
The A321 section 14A extends from Fr 35 to Fr 35.8.
Section 14A is of similar construction to section 13/14 but includes
the emergency exit cut-outs (one on each side of the fuselage) between
Fr 35.1 and Fr 35.2A.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 44
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2
000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 49/711
FORWARD FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 45
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2
000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 50/711
FUSELAGE D/O (3)
FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued)
TYPICAL STRUCTURE
This section is of conventional construction composed primarily of chemically milled skin panels, frames and stringers made in sheet
metal.
The standard frames have a common Z-shaped section made from
formed sheet, which provides a continuous structural member attached
to the skin and stringers by sheet metal cleats.
The structure of the cabin floor has:
- cross beams,
- seat tracks,
- floor support struts,
- floor panels.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 46
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2
000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 51/711
FORWARD FUSELAGE - TYPICAL STRUCTURE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 47
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2
000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 52/711
FUSELAGE D/O (3)
CENTER FUSELAGE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The fuselage center section (section 15) extends from Fr 35 to Fr 47for A320, from Fr 35.8 to Fr 47 for A321 and from Fr 35 to Fr 47/51
for A319.
The upper section includes part of the passenger compartment.
The passenger floor structure is made of longitudinal beams, seat and
support tracks, support struts and floor panels.
The lower section is non-pressurized and integrates:
- the center wing box which extends across the width of the fuselage.
The two main frames 36 and 42 are also part of the center wing box,
- the main landing gear bay between Fr 42 and Fr 46,
- the keel beam which keeps the longitudinal structural continuity of the lower fuselage,
- the belly fairing supporting structure, panels and doors.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 48
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2
000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 53/711
CENTER FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 49
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2
000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 54/711
FUSELAGE D/O (3)
CENTER FUSELAGE (continued)
KEEL BEAM
The longitudinal structural continuity of the lower fuselage in thisarea is maintained by the keel beam.
This beam is an aluminum alloy box structure, including skins,
stringers and ribs, and provides attachments for the main landing gear
doors and door actuators.
In its center area, the keel beam side walls are connected to the
wing-box aft lower panel.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 50
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2
000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 55/711
CENTER FUSELAGE - KEEL BEAM
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 51
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2
000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 56/711
FUSELAGE D/O (3)
CENTER FUSELAGE (continued)
BELLY FAIRING
The belly fairing includes a substructure made of aluminum alloyframes and webs which are attached to the fuselage via fittings and
rods.
This substructure supports the panels made of composite materials.
The belly fairing also includes the landing gear doors, external access
panels and access doors for maintenance.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 52
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2
000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 57/711
CENTER FUSELAGE - BELLY FAIRING
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 53
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2
000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 58/711
FUSELAGE D/O (3)
REAR FUSELAGE - A319 & A320 GENERAL
ARRANGEMENT
The rear fuselage assembly is a pressurized area, which extends from Fr47 to Fr 70.
The A319 and A320 rear fuselage is divided into two sections (the A321
has an additional section 16A):
- section 16/17 between Fr 47 and Fr 64,
- section 18 between Fr 64 and Fr 70.
Section 16/17 is shorter by four frames than on the A320.
The upper part of the fuselage contains the aft section of the passenger
cabin and the aft passenger/crew doors located between Fr 66 and Fr 68.
The lower part contains the aft cargo compartment. The aft cargo
compartment door is installed between Fr 52A and Fr 56 (RH side); the
bulk cargo compartment door is installed between Fr 60 and Fr 62 (RHside).
The design of section 16/17 is similar to that of forward fuselage sections
(typical skin, stringer and frame arrangement).
Skin panels of the lower area have support attachment structures for the
belly fairing rear part.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 54
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 59/711
REAR FUSELAGE - A319 & A320 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 55
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 60/711
FUSELAGE D/O (3)
REAR FUSELAGE - A321 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The A321 rear fuselage assembly is a pressurized area, which extends
from Fr 47 to Fr 70.The A321 rear fuselage is divided into three sections:
- section 16/17 and 18 which are similar to the A320,
- section 16A,
The section 16A of the A321 fuselage extends from Fr 47 to Fr 47.5.
The section 16A includes the passenger cabin part in the upper section,
and beneath the cabin floor, the forward part of the rear cargo
compartment.
The section 16A is of similar construction to section 16/17 but includes
the emergency exit cut-outs (one on each side of the fuselage) between
Fr 47.2A and Fr 47.4.The slide/slide-raft is installed in a separate
compartment below each door.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 56
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 61/711
REAR FUSELAGE - A321 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 57
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 62/711
FUSELAGE D/O (3)
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
This section comprises the un-pressurized part of the rear fuselageextending from Fr 70 to Fr 87.
It includes:
- the mounting structures for the vertical and horizontal stabilizers,
- the rear pressure bulkhead,
- a jacking point,
- attachment structure for the tail cone, which houses the Auxiliary
Power Unit (APU).
It is divided into two main sections:
- section 19 between Fr 70 and Fr 77,
- section 19.1(tail cone) aft of Fr 77.
Section 19 is composed of chemically milled skins, riveted stringers
and frames.
The side skin panels include the horizontal stabilizer cut-out. The
lower panel has an access door for this section where a maintenance
floor is installed.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 58
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 63/711
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 59
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 64/711
FUSELAGE D/O (3)
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)
REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD
The rear pressure bulkhead installed at Fr 70, divides the pressurizedrear fuselage from the cone/rear fuselage, which is not pressurized.
It is made of a spherical membrane, and four aluminum alloy sheet
segments joined together on the inner surface by means of four "I"
profile sections. Four additional "I" profile radial stiffeners are also
installed.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 60
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 65/711
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 61
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 66/711
FUSELAGE D/O (3)
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)
VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACHMENT FITTINGS
The vertical stabilizer spar box attachment fittings are located at Fr70, Fr 72 and Fr 74.
They have six fail safe yokes, which transmit the vertical stabilizer
loads into the fuselage frames via shear bolts.
The upper segments frames 70, 72 and 74 are machined from plates
while the lower segments are made from sheet metal.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 62
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 67/711
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACHMENT FITTINGS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 63
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 68/711
FUSELAGE D/O (3)
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)
THS ATTACHMENT FITTINGS
The fuselage area between Fr 73 and Fr 77 houses the horizontalstabilizer.
There is a large cut-out between Fr 73 and Fr 77, which is surrounded
by machined beams. A system of diagonal struts is installed on the
horizontal plane in the upper and lower areas of the cutout to increase
the rigidity of this open section.
The machined frame 77 supports the tailplane hinge bearings and the
lateral load fittings. They introduce horizontal stabilizer loads into
the fuselage structure, via the central bracing structure and the upper
and lower bracing structures.
Frame 77 also includes four lugs for the attachment of the tail cone
unit.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 64
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 69/711
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - THS ATTACHMENT FITTINGS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 65
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 70/711
FUSELAGE D/O (3)
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)
TAIL CONE
The tail cone unit is located aft of Fr 77 and houses the APU. Thissection is connected to section 19 by means of four lugs and one
spigot.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 66
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 71/711
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - TAIL CONE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 67
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
2000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 72/711
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)
GENERAL
FUSELAGE LAYOUT
The fuselage is divided into five main parts: the nose forward fuselage(section 11/12), the forward fuselage (section 13/14), the center
fuselage (section 15), the rear fuselage (sections 16/17 and 18) and
the cone/rear fuselage (section 19/19.1).
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 68
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
I000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 73/711
GENERAL - FUSELAGE LAYOUT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 69
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
I000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 74/711
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)
GENERAL (continued)
FRAME/SKIN/STRINGER ASSEMBLY
Standard frames have a common z-shape section made from formedsheet. These frames are continuous structural members attached to
the skin and stringers by sheet metal cleats.
A panel with laser beam welded stringers has been introduced:
- in section 13, between frames (Fr) 24 and 35, from stringer (Stgr)
18LH to Stgr 32LH,
- in section 16/17, between Fr 47/54 and 64, from Stgr 32LH to Stgr
41RH.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 70
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
I000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 75/711
GENERAL - FRAME/SKIN/STRINGER ASSEMBLY
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 71
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
I000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 76/711
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)
NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The nose forward fuselage has section 11, from Fr 1 to Fr 12 andsection 12, from Fr 12 to Fr 24. The pressurized area extends from Fr
1 to Fr 24. The unpressurized areas are the radome, forward of Fr 1,
and the nose landing gear bay.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 72
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
I000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 77/711
NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 73
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
I000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 78/711
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)
NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued)
UPPER STRUCTURE
The upper structure between Fr 1 and Fr 12 has closed frames andopened frames at level of openings for:
- the windshield and side windows,
- the forward pressure bulkhead,
- the flight deck floor support structure,
- skin panels and windshield frames.
The upper structure between Fr 12 and Fr 24 makes the forward
passenger compartment and contains the two forward passenger/crew
doors.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 74
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
I000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 79/711
NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - UPPER STRUCTURE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 75
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
I000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 80/711
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)
NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued)
LOWER STRUCTURE
This part of section 11/12 contains the nose landing gear bay, accessand service door cutouts. The nose landing gear bay is made of
machined flat panels stabilized laterally and longitudinally by struts.
The struts are attached respectively to frames and flight deck
crossbeams.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 76
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
I000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 81/711
NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - LOWER STRUCTURE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 77
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
I000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 82/711
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)
FORWARD FUSELAGE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
This region of the fuselage lies between Fr 24 and 35. It contains thefront part of the passenger cabin and, beneath the cabin floor, the
forward cargo compartment. The forward cargo door is located
between Fr 24A and 28 on the RH side of the fuselage
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 78
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
I000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 83/711
FORWARD FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 79
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
I000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 84/711
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)
FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued)
TYPICAL STRUCTURE
This section is of conventional construction, having chemically milledskin panels, frames and stringers made from sheet metal. The standard
frames have a common Z-shaped section made from formed sheet.
They are continuous structural members attached to the skin and
stringers by sheet metal cleats. A skin panel with laser beam welded
stringer is installed between Fr 24A and 35, and between Stgr 18LH
and 32LH.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 80
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
I000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 85/711
FORWARD FUSELAGE - TYPICAL STRUCTURE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 81
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
I000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 86/711
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)
CENTER FUSELAGE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The fuselage center section extends from Fr 35 to Fr 47/54, andintegrates the center wing box. The upper section contains a part of
the passenger compartment, with two overwing emergency exit door
cutouts. The pressure boundary is delimited by the forward bulkhead
at Fr 35, the upper skin panel of the center wing box prolonged by a
pressure diaphragm up to frame 46 and ending by an inclined pressure
bulkhead. Beneath the cabin floor are the air conditioning, hydraulic
and main landing gears, in conjunction with a belly fairing.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 82
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
I000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 87/711
CENTER FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 83
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
I000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 88/711
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)
CENTER FUSELAGE (continued)
KEEL BEAM
In this area, the longitudinal structural continuity of the lower fuselageis maintained by a keel beam located between Fr 35.8 and 46. The
keel beam transmits the overall fuselage vertical bending loads. This
beam is a box structure having attachments for the main landing gear
doors and door actuators. In its center region, the keel beam side walls
are connected to the bottom skin panels of the center wing box.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 84
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
I000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 89/711
CENTER FUSELAGE - KEEL BEAM
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 85
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
I000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 90/711
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)
CENTER FUSELAGE (continued)
BELLY FAIRING
The belly fairing has a substructure made of aluminum alloy framesand webs, attached to the fuselage via fittings and rods. This
substructure supports the panels, made of sandwich construction. The
belly fairing also incorporates the landing gear doors, external access
panels and access doors for maintenance.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 86
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
I000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 91/711
CENTER FUSELAGE - BELLY FAIRING
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 87
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 92/711
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)
REAR FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The rear fuselage assembly is a pressurized area, which extends from Fr
47/54 to Fr 70. It is divided into two sections:
- section 16/17 between Fr 47/54 and 64,- section 18 between Fr 64 and 70.
The design of section 16/17 is similar to that of forward fuselage sections.
Skin panels of the lower region have support attachment structures for
the belly fairing rear part. The aft cargo door cutout is located between
Fr 57A and 60 on the RH side of the fuselage. Aft passenger door cutouts
are located between Fr 66 and 68.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 88
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 93/711
REAR FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 89
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 94/711
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
This section is the unpressurized part of the rear fuselage, aft of Fr
70. It has the mounting structure for vertical and horizontal stabilizers
and houses the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU). It is divided into two
main sections:
- section 19 between Fr 70 and 77,
- section 19.1 (tail cone) aft of Fr 77.
Section 19 has chemically milled skins, riveted stringers and frames.
Side skin panels have the horizontal stabilizer cutout. The lower panel
has a door, which gives access to this section where a maintenance
floor is installed.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 90
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 95/711
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 91
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 96/711
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)
REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD
The Fr 70 supports the rear pressure bulkhead, designed as a pressure
diaphragm. It is made of aluminum alloy. The bulkhead is attached
to the inside of the fuselage with a connecting strap, made of aluminum
alloy.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 92
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 97/711
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 93
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 98/711
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)
VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACHMENT FITTINGS
The vertical stabilizer spar box attachment fittings are three pairs of
fail safe yokes, made from forging aluminum alloy. They transmit the
fin loads into the fuselage and are located at Fr 70, 72 and 74. At those
locations, the upper frame segments are made of integrally machined
plates.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 94
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 99/711
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACHMENT FITTINGS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 95
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 100/711
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)
THS ATTACHMENT FITTINGS
To house the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS), there is a large
cutout in the fuselage between Fr 74 and 77. Frame 77 is made of
integrally machined plates and carries the THS bearing loads with the
vertical link fittings. The side loads are carried through an eye bolt,
linked to:
- the side load fitting on the rear spar of the THS,
- and oblique struts attached to the lower and upper areas of Fr 77.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 96
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 101/711
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - THS ATTACHMENT FITTINGS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 97
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 102/711
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)
TAIL CONE
The tail cone unit is located aft of Fr 77 and houses the Auxiliary
Power Unit (APU). This section is connected to section 19 by means
of four lugs and one spigot.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 98
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51
DI000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 103/711
CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - TAIL CONE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 99
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51
DI000000001
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 104/711
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
GENERAL
The function of the engine pylons installed under each wing is:
- to support the engine,
- to transmit the engine thrust to the aircraft,- to enable the routing and attachment of all the systems connected with
the engine (electrical wiring, hydraulic, bleed air and fuel lines).
The nacelle gives the engine an aerodynamic shape and supports the
thrust reverser system.
Information concerning structure of the nacelle can be found within the
nacelle manufacturer documentation.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 100
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51
D3000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 105/711
GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 101
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51
D3000000001
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 106/711
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
PYLONS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The pylon has:
- a primary structure attached to the wing and supporting the engine,
- a secondary structure, essentially fairings, housing most of the systems.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 102
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51
D3000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 107/711
PYLONS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 103
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51
D3000000001
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 108/711
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The pylon box is the primary structure. It supports the engine by two
points and is attached to the wing at three points.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 104
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51
D3000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 109/711
PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 105
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51
D3000000001
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 110/711
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX (continued)
MAIN ASSEMBLY
The pylon box is composed of ribs, two upper spars and one lower
spar, and panels mainly made from steel and titanium alloys.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 106
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51
D3000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 111/711
PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX - MAIN ASSEMBLY
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 107
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51
D3000000001
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 112/711
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX (continued)
PYLON TO WING ATTACHMENT
The forward pylon to wing attach fitting has a double lugged fork
attachments connected to the wing fitting by means of four shackles.
This fitting located at Rib 4 is made of titanium alloy and carries
vertical loads.
The aft pylon to wing attach fitting has a single fail safe lug connected
to the wing fitting by means of two shackles. This fitting located at
Rib 10 is made of titanium alloy and carries vertical and side loads.
Immediately behind the forward attach fitting a spherical bearing
transmits the thrust to a spigot bolted to the bottom wing skin panel.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 108
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51
D3000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 113/711
PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX - PYLON TO WING ATTACHMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 109
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51
D3000000001
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 114/711
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX (continued)
PYLON TO ENGINE ATTACHMENT
At The forward engine to pylon attach fitting there is a pyramid
attached to the rib and made of steel alloy.
This fitting transmits the engine thrust, side loads and vertical loads.
At The aft engine to pylon attach fitting there is an engine mount
located at Rib 3 for CFM 56-5 engine configuration or at Rib 4 for
IAE V2500 engine configuration. This fitting reacts to vertical loads,
side loads and roll movement.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 110
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 115/711
PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX - PYLON TO ENGINE ATTACHMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 111
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 116/711
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The secondary structure is composed of:
- the forward fairing,- the pylon to wing center fillets,
- the aft fairing,
- the lower fairing.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 112
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 117/711
PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 113
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 118/711
( )
PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE (continued)
FORWARD FAIRING
The forward fairing can be divided into two sections; the cantilever
structure between Rib 01 and Rib 05, and the structure between Rib05 and Rib 9.
The cantilever structure gives an aerodynamic contour between the
engine nose cowl and the pylon box structure. It routes all systems
and the bleed air from the engine to the fuselage.
The structure between Rib 05 and Rib 9 gives an aerodynamic contour
between the cantilever structure and the wing leading edge, and enables
the routing of various system lines and electrical wiring.
It includes in particular two pressure relief doors (made from titanium),
which are designed to open in case of hot bleed air duct bursting.
The structure is mainly made of stainless steel alloy.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 114
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 119/711
PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - FORWARD FAIRING
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 115
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 120/711
( )
PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE (continued)
PYLON TO WING CENTER FILLETS
The pylon to wing center fillets give an aerodynamic contour between
the pylon box and the wing bottom skin panel.The pylon-to-wing center fillets are made of aluminum alloy ribs.
These ribs support the panels made of hybrid Carbon Fiber Reinforced
Plastic (CFRP)/Aramid Fiber Reinforced Plastic (AFRP) sandwich
construction.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 116
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 121/711
PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - PYLON TO WING CENTER FILLETS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 117
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 122/711
PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE (continued)
AFT FAIRING
The aft fairing is a removable secondary structure composed of two
parts:- a fixed fairing located at the rear of the pylon box,
- a movable fairing underneath the flap.
The fixed fairing is attached by two points to the pylon box at Rib 10
and by one point to the wing box at the false rear spar.
The fixed fairing is assembled of ribs and skin panels made of
aluminum alloy, and includes a lower aft fairing made in AFRP
sandwich construction.
The movable fairing is hinged at Rib 14 and linked to the flap by a
rod attached to the fairing by a serrated plate system.
The internal structure of the movable fairing is mainly made of aluminum alloy. The side panels are made in CFRP or AFRP sandwich
construction.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 118
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 123/711
PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - AFT FAIRING
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 119
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 124/711
PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE (continued)
LOWER FAIRING
A fairing located under the pylon box (lower fairing) makes sure there
is a continuity of the aerodynamic profile between the pylon box andthe engine nozzle.
Its function is:
- to supply thermal protection to the pylon from the engine exhaust
gases,
- to smooth out protrusions with minimal aerodynamic drag changes.
The lower fairing is made of stainless steel alloy sheet except for the
bottom removable sole which is made of inconel 625 alloy.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 120
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 125/711
PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - LOWER FAIRING
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 121
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5
1D3000000001
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 126/711
PYLON TO NACELLE JUNCTION
The pylon to nacelle junction has:
- Fan cowl door attachments.
The hinge fittings of the fan cowl doors are located at Rib 01, Rib 03 andRib 05. They are made of titanium and installed on the forward secondary
structure.
- Thrust reverser doors attachments
The hinge fittings of the thrust reverser doors are located at Rib 1 and
Rib 2. They are made of titanium and installed on the primary structure
(pylon box). An other hinge (tie-bar) goes through the secondary structure.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 122
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5
1D3000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 127/711
PYLON TO NACELLE JUNCTION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 123
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5
1D3000000001
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 128/711
NACELLES - GENERAL
The nacelle cowling includes the inlet cowl, the fan cowl, the thrust
reverser and the exhaust nozzle.
There are two types of engine: CFM and IAE.The IAE nacelle is installed with a Common Nozzle Assembly (CNA).
The nacelles are under the responsibility of engine manufacturers.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 124
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5
1D3000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 129/711
NACELLES - GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 125
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5
1D3000000001
STABILIZERS D/O (3)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 130/711
STABILIZERS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
Stabilizers are composed of: Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS),
elevators, the vertical stabilizer and rudder.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 126
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5
1D4000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 131/711
STABILIZERS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 127
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5
1D4000000001
STABILIZERS D/O (3)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 132/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The THS main structure has:
- the spar boxes (Center, Left Hand (LH) and Right Hand (RH) sides),- the leading edge,
- the trailing edge,
- the attachment fittings.
The spar boxes are the primary structure of the horizontal stabilizer
and support all the other components.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 128
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5
1D4000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 133/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 129
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5
1D4000000001
STABILIZERS D/O (3)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 134/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
SPAR BOXES
The complete spar box assembly has the LH and RH boxes and thecenter joint.
Each spar box includes top and bottom skin panels, a front spar, a rear
spar and thirteen ribs (from Rib 2 thru Rib 14).
The LH and RH spar boxes are laminated in Carbon Fiber Reinforced
Plastic (CFRP).
The center joint is made from titanium and connects the LH and RH
spar boxes to make one single unit.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 130
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5
1D4000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 135/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - SPAR BOXES
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 131
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5
1D4000000001
STABILIZERS D/O (3)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 136/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
MAIN SUPPORT FITTINGS
A hydromechanical actuator enables the adjustment of the angle of incidence of the THS. The actuator is connected to a dual fitting (front
spar fitting) at the forward end of Rib 1, by means of hinge arms.
The THS is attached to the cone rear fuselage structure at two pivot
points (rear support fittings). They are installed on each side of the
THS centerline at Rib 3. All fittings are made of CFRP.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 132
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5
1D4000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 137/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - MAIN SUPPORT FITTINGS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 133
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001
STABILIZERS D/O (3)
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 138/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
ELEVATOR ATTACHMENT FITTINGS
Each rear spar bears six elevator hinge arms and two fittings for theattachment of the elevator servocontrol actuators.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 134
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 139/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - ELEVATOR ATTACHMENT FITTINGS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 135
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001
STABILIZERS D/O (3)
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 140/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
LEADING EDGE
The leading edge has an aerodynamic shape at the front of the THS.On each side of the THS centerline, the THS leading edge includes:
- three leading edge primary ribs,
- one inboard leading edge section,
- one outboard leading edge section and,
- one leading edge intersection.
All components are laminated in CFRP.
The front part of the inboard and outboard leading edge sections has
a stainless steel protection, bonded to the leading edge.
The leading edge intersection is fitted to Rib 1 and to the spar box. A
rubber strip is fitted to the intersection. It seals the gap between the
fuselage skin and the leading edge intersection.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 136
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 141/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - LEADING EDGE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 137
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001
STABILIZERS D/O (3)
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 142/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
TIP
The tips of the THS are the LH and RH outer fairings. The tips aremade of aluminum alloy and include rib and skin panels. The tips are
attached to the leading edge rib 25 and to the upper and lower shells
of the spar box.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 138
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 143/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - TIP
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 139
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001
STABILIZERS D/O (3)
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 144/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
TRAILING EDGE
The trailing edge shapes an aerodynamic surface between the THSspar box and the elevator.
On each side of the THS centerline, the trailing edge panels are
supported by six intermediate ribs, and by the six hinge elevator arm
supports.
The access panels are laminated in CFRP bonded to a honeycomb
core.
On each side there are four panel assemblies on the top surface and
four access panels on the bottom surface. A rubber seal is installed
between the panel assemblies and the access panels along the trailing
edges to prevent dirtiness.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 140
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 145/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - TRAILING EDGE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 141
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001
STABILIZERS D/O (3)
ELEVATORS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 146/711
ELEVATORS STRUCTURE LAYOUT
The structure of each elevator includes:
- a front spar,
- top and bottom skin panels,
- four ribs.
All components are laminated in CFRP; the top and bottom panels are
made in sandwich construction.
Rivets attach an aluminum profile to the trailing edge to make the trailing
edge stronger.
Six hinge fittings attach each elevator to the spar box of the THS. Two
fittings attach the servo control units. You can remove the leading edge
access panels, the tips and the inboard end caps.
Each elevator has three hoisting points and four static dischargers.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 142
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 147/711
ELEVATORS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 143
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001
STABILIZERS D/O (3)
VERTICAL STABILIZER
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 148/711
VERTICAL STABILIZER
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The vertical stabilizer is attached to the top of the rear fuselage. It
supports the rudder, which is operated by three servo control units.The High Frequency (HF) antenna and the Very high frequency
Omnibearing Range (VOR) antenna are also attached to it.
The main components of the vertical stabilizer are:
- the spar box,
- the leading edge,
- the trailing edge,
- the tip,
- the attach fittings.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 144
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51D4000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 149/711
VERTICAL STABILIZER - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 145
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51D4000000001
STABILIZERS D/O (3)
VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 150/711
( )
SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT
The spar box is the primary structural component of the vertical
stabilizer.All the other components of the vertical stabilizer are attached to it.
The spar box has a front, a center and a rear spar, ribs and two side
panels with stiffeners, all laminated in CFRP.
Three pairs of main attach fittings made of CFRP attach the spar box
to the fuselage.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 146
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51D4000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 151/711
VERTICAL STABILIZER - SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 147
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51D4000000001
STABILIZERS D/O (3)
VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 152/711
SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)
The seven rudder hinge arms and the three actuator hinge fittings are
made from aluminum alloy and are attached to the spar box rear spar.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 148
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51D4000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 153/711
VERTICAL STABILIZER - SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 149
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51D4000000001
STABILIZERS D/O (3)
VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 154/711
LEADING EDGE
The vertical stabilizer leading edge has three removable sections.
They are attached to the forward edge of the spar box side panels andto the leading edge ribs. The lower section gives access to the HF
antenna (see ATA 53 fuselage description for the lower section).
The three sections give an aerodynamic shape to the front of the
vertical stabilizer.
The three sections are laminated in Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic
(GFRP) bonded to a honeycomb core. A stainless steel cover is bonded
to the inner surfaces of the sections and protects them against hail and
bird impact damage.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 150
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51D4000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 155/711
VERTICAL STABILIZER - LEADING EDGE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 151
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51D4000000001
STABILIZERS D/O (3)
VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 156/711
TIP - STRUCTURE LAYOUT
The vertical stabilizer tip is laminated in GFRP bonded to a
honeycomb core. It is attached to the leading edge end rib and thestabilizer spar box. An aluminum lightning strike protection strap is
bonded along the top of the tip.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 152
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51D4000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 157/711
VERTICAL STABILIZER - TIP - STRUCTURE LAYOUT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 153
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51D4000000001
STABILIZERS D/O (3)
VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 158/711
TRAILING EDGE
The trailing edge is attached to the rear of the vertical stabilizer.
It has a basic aluminum alloy supporting structure made of sparsections and profiles, and four access panels on each side. The panels
give access to the rudder servo control actuators and the hinge arms.
The panels are laminated in CFRP and GFRP bonded to a honeycomb
core.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 154
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51D4000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 159/711
VERTICAL STABILIZER - TRAILING EDGE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 155
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51D4000000001
STABILIZERS D/O (3)
RUDDER
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 160/711
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The rudder is one of the primary flight controls of the aircraft.
The components of the rudder are:- the main structure,
- the leading edge,
- the tip,
- the hinge and actuator fittings.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 156
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51D4000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 161/711
RUDDER - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 157
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51D4000000001
STABILIZERS D/O (3)
RUDDER (continued)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 162/711
STRUCTURE LAYOUT
The rudder main structure is the primary structural component of the
rudder.It is an assembly of two CFRP sandwich panels, CFRP laminates front
spar, top and bottom closing ribs.
An access panel, installed on the left hand side shell, gives access to
the No. 7 rudder hinge fittings. At the other locations, cutouts in the
side shells give access to the adjacent hinge fittings.
Three actuators and seven rudder hinge fittings are attached to the
forward face of the rudder main structure, and rivets attach them to
the spar and to the skin panels.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 158
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51D4000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 163/711
RUDDER - STRUCTURE LAYOUT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 159
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51D4000000001
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)
STABILIZERS
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 164/711
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
Stabilizers are composed of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
(THS), the elevators, the vertical stabilizer and the rudder.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 160
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51DK000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 165/711
STABILIZERS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 161
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51DK000000001
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 166/711
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The THS main structure has the LH and RH side spar boxes, the
leading edge, the trailing edge, the THS tip and the attachment fittings.The spar boxes are the primary structure of the horizontal stabilizer
and support all the other components.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 162
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51DK000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 167/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 163
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51DK000000001
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 168/711
( )
SPAR BOXES
The complete spar box assembly has the LH and RH spar boxes joinedtogether with a center joint to make one single unit. Each spar box
includes top and bottom skin panels, a front spar, a rear spar and
thirteen ribs (from Rib 2 to Rib 14), all parts being laminated in Carbon
Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP).
The center joint includes a web (Rib 1) made of CFRP and upper and
lower fittings made of titanium.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 164
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51DK000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 169/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - SPAR BOXES
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 165
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51DK000000001
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 170/711
MAIN SUPPORT FITTINGS
The front spar joint at Rib 1 made of CFRP supports the trim actuatorhinge arms.
The THS is attached to the cone/rear fuselage at Rib 3.
On each spar box side, the attachment fittings include a THS rear
support fitting of fail safe design with a lower and upper support
fittings, and a side load fitting. All fittings are made of CFRP except
the side load fitting made of aluminum alloy.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 166
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51DK000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 171/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - MAIN SUPPORT FITTINGS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 167
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51DK000000001
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 172/711
ELEVATOR ATTACHMENT FITTINGS
On each THS box, the rear spar bears:- six hinge arms, made of CFRP, for the attachment of the elevator,
- two fittings, made of CFRP, for the attachment of the elevator servo
control actuators.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 168
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51DK000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 173/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - ELEVATOR ATTACHMENT FITTINGS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 169
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51DK000000001
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 174/711
LEADING EDGE
At the front of the THS, the leading edge gives an aerodynamic shape.On each side of the THS centerline, the THS leading edge includes:
three leading edge primary ribs, one inboard leading edge section,
one outboard leading edge section and one leading edge intersection.
All components are laminated in CFRP.
The front part of the inboard and outboard leading edge sections has
a stainless steel protection; it is bonded to the leading edge.
The leading edge intersection is attached to Rib 1 and to the spar box.
A rubber strip is installed at the intersection, it seals the gap between
the fuselage skin and the intersection.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 170
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51DK000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 175/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - LEADING EDGE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 171
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51DK000000001
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 176/711
TIP
The tips of the THS are the LH and RH outer fairings. The tips are
attached to the leading edge Rib 25 and to the top and bottom skin
panels of the spar box. The tips are made from aluminum alloy.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 172
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
51DK000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 177/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - TIP
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 173
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 178/711
TRAILING EDGE
The trailing edge has an aerodynamic surface between the THS spar
box and the elevator.
On each side of the THS centerline, the trailing edge panels are
supported by six intermediate ribs, and by seven hinge arm supports.
The panels are laminated in CFRP bonded to a honeycomb core.
On each side there are four panel assemblies on the top surface and
four access panels on the bottom surface. A rubber seal is installed
between the panel assemblies and the access panels along the trailing
edges to prevent dirtiness.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 174
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 179/711
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - TRAILING EDGE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 175
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)
ELEVATORS
STRUCTURE LAYOUT
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 180/711
The structure of each elevator has a front spar, a top and a bottom
skin panel and four ribs.
All components are laminated in CFRP.
Six hinge fittings attach each elevator to the spar box of the THS and
two fittings attach the servo control units. You can remove the leading
edge access panels, the tips and the inboard end caps. Each elevator
has three hoisting points and four static dischargers.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 176
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 181/711
ELEVATORS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 177
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)
VERTICAL STABILIZER
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 182/711
The vertical stabilizer is attached to the top of the rear fuselage. It
supports the rudder, which is operated by three servo control units.
The High Frequency (HF) antenna and the Very high frequency
Omnibearing Range (VOR) antenna are also attached to it.
The main components of the vertical stabilizer are:
- the spar box,
- the leading edge,
- the trailing edge,
- the tip,
- the attach fittings.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 178
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 183/711
VERTICAL STABILIZER - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 179
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)
VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
STRUCTURE LAYOUT
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 184/711
The spar box is the primary structural component of the vertical
stabilizer.
All the other components of the vertical stabilizer are attached to it.
The spar box has: a front, a center and a rear spar, ribs and side panels
with integrated stiffeners, all laminated in CFRP.
Three pairs of primary attach fittings made of CFRP attach the spar
box to the fuselage.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 180
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 185/711
VERTICAL STABILIZER - STRUCTURE LAYOUT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 181
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)
VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 186/711
The seven rudder hinge arms and the three actuator hinge fittings are
made from aluminum alloy and are attached to the spar box rear spar.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 182
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 187/711
VERTICAL STABILIZER - SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 183
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)
VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
LEADING EDGE
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 188/711
The vertical stabilizer leading edge has four removable sections. They
are attached to the forward edge of the spar box side panels and to the
leading edge ribs. The lower section gives access to the High
Frequency (HF) antenna.
The four sections give an aerodynamic shape to the front of the vertical
stabilizer.
The four sections are laminated in Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic
(GFRP) bonded to a honeycomb core. A protective foil is bonded to
the inner surfaces of the sections and protects them against hail and
bird impact damage.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 184
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51DK000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 189/711
VERTICAL STABILIZER - LEADING EDGE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 185
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51DK000000001
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)
VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
TIP - STRUCTURE LAYOUT
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 190/711
The vertical stabilizer tip is laminated in GFRP bonded to a
honeycomb core. It is attached to the leading edge end rib and the
stabilizer spar box. An aluminum strap is bonded along the top of the
tip for lightning strike protection.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 186
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51DK000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 191/711
VERTICAL STABILIZER - TIP - STRUCTURE LAYOUT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 187
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51DK000000001
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)
VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
TRAILING EDGE
Th t ili d i tt h d t th f th ti l t bili
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 192/711
The trailing edge is attached to the rear of the vertical stabilizer.
It has a basic aluminum alloy supporting structure made of spar
sections and profiles and four access panels installed on each side.The panels give access to the rudder hydraulics, the servo controls,
the control rods and the hinge arms.
The access panels are made of CFRP and GFRP laminations bonded
to a honeycomb core.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 188
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51DK000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 193/711
VERTICAL STABILIZER - TRAILING EDGE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 189
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51DK000000001
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)
RUDDER
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The rudder is one of the primary flight controls of the aircraft
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 194/711
The rudder is one of the primary flight controls of the aircraft.
The main components of the rudder are:
- the main structure,- the leading edge,
- the tip,
- the hinge fittings and the actuator fittings.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 190
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51DK000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 195/711
RUDDER - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 191
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51DK000000001
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)
RUDDER (continued)
STRUCTURE LAYOUT
The rudder main structure is the primary structural component of the
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 196/711
The rudder main structure is the primary structural component of the
rudder.
It has an assembly of two side skin panels, a front spar, a bottomclosing rib and a top closing rib. All components of the rudder main
structure are laminated in CFRP and are attached to the rudder main
structure.
Seven rudder hinge fittings and three actuator fittings are installed on
the front spar of the rudder (all fittings are made from aluminum alloy).
An aluminum profile is installed on the trailing edge of the rudder for
lightning strike protection.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 192
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51DK000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 197/711
RUDDER - STRUCTURE LAYOUT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 193
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51DK000000001
WINDOWS D/O (3)
GENERAL
The windows are installed in:
- the cockpit,
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 198/711
- the cabin,
- the doors.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 194
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51D5000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 199/711
GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 195
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51D5000000001
WINDOWS D/O (3)
COCKPIT WINDOWS
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
There are two types of windows:
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 200/711
w yp w w
- the fixed windows,
- the sliding windows.The fixed windows are described as follows:
There are four fixed windows installed in the cockpit.
- two windshields,
- two fixed side windows.
The left and right windows are symmetrical.
These windows are mounted in a frame and can be removed and
installed from the exterior.
The sliding windows are installed as follows:
- on a mobile frame with a mechanism controlled from the cockpit.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 196
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51D5000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 201/711
COCKPIT WINDOWS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 197
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51D5000000001
WINDOWS D/O (3)
COCKPIT WINDOWS (continued)
WINSHIELDS STRUCTURE
The windshield panels are made of several layers of different materials
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 202/711
p y
depending on the windows supplier (LUCAS-ACT, PPG, SPS), and
are interchangeable. They are held by three retainers bolted onto theouter surface of the frame. They are installed with an anti-icing and
defogging system.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 198
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51D5000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 203/711
COCKPIT WINDOWS - WINSHIELDS STRUCTURE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 199
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51D5000000001
WINDOWS D/O (3)
COCKPIT WINDOWS (continued)
FIXED SIDE WINDOWS
The fixed side windows have of two layers of different materials
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 204/711
depending on the windows supplier (LUCAS-ACT, PPG, SPS), and
are interchangeable. They are held by retainers bolted onto the innersurface of the frame. They are installed with an integral anti - icing
and defogging system.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 200
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51D5000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 205/711
COCKPIT WINDOWS - FIXED SIDE WINDOWS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 201
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51D5000000001
WINDOWS D/O (3)
COCKPIT WINDOWS (continued)
SLIDING WINDOWS
The sliding windows have several layers of different materials
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 206/711
depending on the windows supplier (LUCAS-ACT, PPG, SPS), and
are interchangeable. Each panel has an anti-icing and defoggingsystem. The sliding windows are installed on a mobile frame, which
is controlled from the cockpit, and the crew can use them as emergency
exits.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 202
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51D5000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 207/711
COCKPIT WINDOWS - SLIDING WINDOWS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 203
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51D5000000001
WINDOWS D/O (3)
CABIN WINDOWS
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The windows are installed in frames and make a smooth surface with
h f l ki
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 208/711
the fuselage skin.
The cabin windows are installed and removed from the inside of theaircraft.
The windows have a circular seal, inner and outer panes made of
stretched acrylic resin held together by a retainer ring, and eye bolts.
A vent hole in the inner pane lets the cabin pressure maintained in the
window.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 204
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51D5000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 209/711
CABIN WINDOWS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 205
U3U06191-U15T1M0-U
M51D5000000001
WINDOWS D/O (3)
DOOR WINDOWS
STRUCTURE LAYOUT
The passenger/crew doors and emergency exit doors have a circular
i d Th d f i ti d b ti i d t
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 210/711
window. They are used for inspection and observation in order to
check if the cabin is pressurized and the escape slide is armed.The windows have a circular seal, inner and outer panes made of
stretched acrylic, held together by a retainer ring. A vent hole in the
inner pane lets the cabin pressure maintained in the window.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 206
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D5000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 211/711
DOOR WINDOWS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 207
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D5000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
GENERAL
The aircraft wing is in the continuity of the structure going through the
fuselage which is divided into three parts:
- the center wing box,
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 212/711
g ,
- the left outer wing and,- the right outer wing.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 208
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 213/711
GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 209
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
CENTER WING BOX
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The center wing is installed in the center fuselage between the main
frames (Fr) 36 and 42 to make an integral fuel tank
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 214/711
frames (Fr) 36 and 42 to make an integral fuel tank.
The center wing box structure has:- the front and the rear spars respectively located at Fr 36 and 42,
- top and bottom skin panels,
- the two main frames 36 and 42,
- internal spanwise lattice ribs,
- the left rib 1 and the right rib 1.
The junction between the center wing box and the outer wings is done
at the left hand and right hand sides rib 1.
The access for maintenance to the center wing box is done through
two triangular openings in the rear spar.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 210
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 215/711
CENTER WING BOX - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 211
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
CENTER WING BOX (continued)
WING ROOT JOINT
An upper cruciform fitting and a lower triform fitting ensure the
junction between the center wing box and the outer wing box.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 216/711
junction between the center wing box and the outer wing box.
The upper cruciform fitting makes the junction between the centerwing box top skin panels, the outer wing box top skin panels, fuselage
and Rib 1.
The lower triform fitting and a safety butt-strap fitting make the
junction between the center wing box bottom skin panels, the outer
wing box bottom skin panels and Rib 1.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 212
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 217/711
CENTER WING BOX - WING ROOT JOINT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 213
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
OUTER WING
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
Each outer wing has:
- a main structure (outer wing box),
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 218/711
( g ),
- a wing tip,- a leading edge and leading edge devices,
- a trailing edge and trailing edge devices.
The trailing edge control surfaces are:
- the inboard flap,
- the outboard flap,
- the two ailerons,
- the six spoilers.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 214
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 219/711
OUTER WING - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 215
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
OUTER WING BOX
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The outer wing box tapers from Rib 1 (the wing root) to Rib 27 hold:
- the wing spars (front and rear),
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 220/711
- the ribs,- the top and bottom skin panels,
- the top and bottom stringers,
- the wing-root joint.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 216
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 221/711
OUTER WING BOX - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 217
U3U06191-U15T1M0-
UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
OUTER WING BOX (continued)
SKIN PANELS
The top and the bottom surfaces of the outer wing box are made of
skin panels machined from aluminum alloy.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 222/711
There are three panels on each surface. The skin panels are stiffenedby stringers machined in aluminum alloy extrusions.
The joints between panels are aluminum alloy butt straps.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 218
U3U06191-U15T1M0-
UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 223/711
OUTER WING BOX - SKIN PANELS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 219
U3U06191-U15T1M0-
UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
OUTER WING BOX (continued)
RIBS & SPARS
Ribs:
There are 27 ribs, machined in aluminum alloy, installed in the outer
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 224/711
wing box of each outer wing. Each rib is continuous between the frontand rear spars. The junction between the center wing box and the outer
wing joint is at Rib 1. Rib 1 is the boundary of the lateral section of
the center wing box. Ribs 22 and 27 make the other lateral boundaries
of the fuel and vent tanks.
Spars:
The wing spars are machined in aluminum alloy. They give strength
to the wing box and they extend from Rib 1 to Rib 27.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 220
U3U06191-U15T1M0-
UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 225/711
OUTER WING BOX - RIBS & SPARS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 221
U3U06191-U15T1M0-
UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
OUTER WING BOX (continued)
ACCESS HOLES/COVERS
There are twenty-one access covers installed in the bottom skin panels
of the outer wing box. All panels close the openings that give access
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 226/711
to the outer wing box.There are:
- seven non load-carrying access panels between Rib 1 and Rib 13,
clamped on the wing skin,
- fourteen load-carrying access panels between Rib 14 and Rib 27,
bolted through the skin panel.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 222
U3U06191-U15T1M0-
UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 227/711
OUTER WING BOX - ACCESS HOLES/COVERS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 223
U3U06191-U15T1M0-
UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
FIXED LEADING EDGE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The fixed Leading Edge (LE) assembly is located forward of the front
spar of the wing-box.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 228/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 224
U3U06191-U15T1M0-
UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 229/711
FIXED LEADING EDGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 225
U3U06191-U15T1M0-
UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
FIXED LEADING EDGE (continued)
STRUCTURE LAYOUT (1/2)
The fixed leading edge assembly is made of:
- the D-nose assembly, composed of aluminum alloy parts:
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 230/711
- the support ribs and riblets (riblets are installed between the wingbox front spar and the LE spar),
- the sub spar,
- the LE skin.
- three top surface access panels,
- bottom surface access panels, which are made of Carbon Fiber
Reinforced Plastic (CFRP) sandwich construction and are attached
with quick release fasteners.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 226
U3U06191-U15T1M0-
UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 231/711
FIXED LEADING EDGE - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (1/2)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 227
U3U06191-U15T1M0-
UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
FIXED LEADING EDGE (continued)
STRUCTURE LAYOUT (2/2)
Two pylon ribs are installed on each side of the engine pylon. These
ribs hold the pylon shroud panels.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 232/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 228
U3U06191-U15T1M0-
UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 233/711
FIXED LEADING EDGE - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (2/2)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 229
U3U06191-U15T1M0-
UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
SLATS
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The wing leading edge is fitted of five slats, which make the movable
part of the wing leading edge.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 234/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 230
U3U06191-U15T1M0-
UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 235/711
SLATS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 231
U3U06191-U15T1M0-
UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
SLATS (continued)
STRUCTURE LAYOUT (1/2)
Each slat has:
- a front spar or the stringers (girders),
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 236/711
- a rear spar,- a girder
- ribs,
- top and bottom skin panels,
- a trailing edge assembly.
Slat 1 is supported by 4 tracks, two of them being driven (track 2 and
3).
Slats 2 to 5 are supported by two tracks, both being driven.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 232
U3U06191-U15T1M0-
UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 237/711
SLATS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (1/2)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 233
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
SLATS (continued)
STRUCTURE LAYOUT (2/2)
When the slats are in retracted position, seals prevent airflow between
the slat and the wing.
Sl t 3 t 5 d i d th h t i f th bl d i t
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 238/711
Slats 3 to 5 are de-iced; the hot air comes from the bleed air systemand is supplied to these slats through a telescopic duct (not shown)
and piccolo tubes installed in the leading edges of the slats.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 234
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 239/711
SLATS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (2/2)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 235
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
FIXED TRAILING EDGE
STRUCTURE LAYOUT
The fixed trailing edge is located aft of the wing rear spar.
Its structure has:
an overwing panel and an under wing panel
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 240/711
- an overwing panel and an under wing panel,- a shroud box and a fixed shroud,
- a false rear spar,
- a main landing gear attachment,
- structures support for the trailing edge control surfaces,
- access panels.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 236
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 241/711
FIXED TRAILING EDGE - STRUCTURE LAYOUT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 237
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
FIXED TRAILING EDGE (continued)
STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)
This page deals with the fixed trailing edge inner structure.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 242/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 238
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 243/711
FIXED TRAILING EDGE - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 239
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
TRAILING EDGE DEVICES
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
The trailing edge devices are:
- two flaps,
- one aileron,
fi il
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 244/711
- five spoilers.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 240
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 245/711
TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 241
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)
FLAPS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
Two flaps are installed on the TE of the outer wing. The inboard flap
is installed between Rib 1 and Rib 9 and the outboard flap is installed
between Ribs 9 and 20.
The flaps are connected to each other through an interconnection strut
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 246/711
The flaps are connected to each other through an interconnection strut.
In case of a drive station failure, this device carries the loads, which
result in such failure.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 242
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 247/711
TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - FLAPS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 243
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)
INBOARD FLAP STRUCTURE - A318-A319-A320
The inboard flap is supported and driven by a fuselage track and
carriage at track 1 and a wing track carriage at track 2.
The inboard flap has:
- a leading edge with CFRP skin
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 248/711
- a leading edge with CFRP skin,
- a flap box with:
- skin panels and integrated stringers made of CFRP,
- track ribs and end ribs, made of aluminum alloy,
- other ribs made of aluminum alloy on the A318 and A319, and made
of CFRP or aluminum alloy on the A320,
- spars made of aluminum alloy on the A318 and A319, and made of
CFRP or aluminum alloy on the A320.
- a trailing edge made in an aluminum alloy sandwich construction.
A rubbing strip (not shown) made of stainless steel is bonded onto
the outer surface of the top skin.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 244
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 249/711
TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - INBOARD FLAP STRUCTURE - A318-A319-A320
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 245
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)
OUTBOARD FLAP STRUCTURE - A318-A319-A320
The outboard flap is supported and driven by two wing tracks and
carriages (tracks 3 and 4).
The outboard flap has:
- a leading edge with CFRP skin,
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 250/711
a leading edge with CFRP skin,
- a flap box with:
- skin panels with integrated stringers and spars made of CFRP,
- track ribs and end ribs made of aluminum alloy,
- other ribs made of CFRP.
- a trailing edge of aluminum alloy sandwich construction.
A rubbing strip (not shown) made of stainless steel is bonded onto
the outer surface of the top skin.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 246
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 251/711
TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - OUTBOARD FLAP STRUCTURE - A318-A319-A320
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 247
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)
A321 FLAPS STRUCTURE
The A321 flaps are fowler flaps with a tab on the trailing edge.
The inboard flap has:
- a leading edge and a flap box made of aluminum alloy,
- a trailing edge made in an aluminum alloy sandwich construction.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 252/711
g g y
The outboard flap has:
- a leading edge with CFRP skin,
- a flap box with:
- skin panels and integrated stringers made of CFRP,
- spars made of CFRP,
- track end ribs made of aluminum alloy,
- other ribs made of CFRP.
The tab is made of honeycomb core with a skin made of aluminum
sheet metal.
The tab is operated by a linkage system.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 248
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 253/711
TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - A321 FLAPS STRUCTURE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 249
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)
SPOILERS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
There are five spoilers on the upper surface of the wing trailing edge.
Spoiler 1 is connected to the false rear spar, inboard of the kink
position.
Spoilers 2 thru 5 are connected to the middle and outer sections of
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 254/711
p
the rear spar, outboard of the kink position.
A rubbing strip is attached to the trailing edge of spoilers (1 & 2 only).
It prevents damage to spoilers when flaps are retracted.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 250
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 255/711
TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - SPOILERS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 251
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)
SPOILERS STRUCTURE LAYOUT
Spoilers are a wedge-shaped structure.
The top and bottom skins, the sides and the trailing edge profile of
the spoilers are made in CFRP sandwich construction.
The spoiler hinges fittings and the actuator attachment fittings are
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 256/711
made of aluminum alloy.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 252
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 257/711
TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - SPOILERS STRUCTURE LAYOUT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 253
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D6000000001
WINGS D/O (3)
TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)
AILERON STRUCTURE LAYOUT
The aileron is located outboard of the outer flap and is connected to
the wing box rear spar between Ribs 22 and 27.
It is manufactured using CFRP skin (bonded to a honeycomb core in
the center area), spar and ribs.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 258/711
The aileron hinge fittings and the actuator attachment fittings are made
of aluminum alloy.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 254
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D6000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 259/711
TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - AILERON STRUCTURE LAYOUT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 255
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D6000000001
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
GENERAL
The types of damage on metallic and composite structures are described
in SRM 51-11-00 chapter dealing with damage classification.
The table provides, the term, the cause and the description for each type
of damage.
Damage results from many causes and can be generally categorized intofour main groups:
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 260/711
four main groups:
- mechanical action,
- chemical or electrochemical reaction,
- thermal action or cycling,
- inherent metallurgical characteristics.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 256
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D7000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 261/711
GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 257
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D7000000001
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE
SCRATCH
A scratch is a line of damage of any depth and length in the material,
which causes a cross sectional area change. A sharp object is usually
the cause.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 262/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 258
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D7000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 263/711
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - SCRATCH
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 259
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D7000000001
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
CORROSION
Corrosion is the destruction of metal by chemical or electrochemical
effect. Refer to SRM 51-22-00 for general information concerning
corrosion.
The different types of corrosion that can occur on the aircraft are:
pitting corrosion
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 264/711
- pitting corrosion,
- filiform corrosion,
- intergranular corrosion,
- galvanic corrosion.
- stress corrosion,
- biological corrosion,
- fretting corrosion,
- exfoliation corrosion.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 260
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D7000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 265/711
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CORROSION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 261
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D7000000001
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
CORROSION (CONT'D)
This page deals with:
- pitting corrosion,
- filiform corrosion,
- intergranular corrosion,- galvanic corrosion
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 266/711
galvanic corrosion.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 262
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D7000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 267/711
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CORROSION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 263
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D7000000001
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
CORROSION (CONT'D)
This page deals with:
- stress corrosion,
- biological corrosion,
- fretting corrosion,- exfoliation corrosion.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 268/711
e o at o co os o .
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 264
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D7000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 269/711
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CORROSION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 265
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D7000000001
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
GOUGE
A gouge is a damaged area of any size, which results in a cross
sectional area change. It is usually caused by contact with a relatively
sharp object, which produces a continuous, sharp or smooth channel
like groove in the material.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 270/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 266
U3U06191-U15T1M0
-UM51D7000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 271/711
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - GOUGE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 267
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
CRACK
A crack is a partial fracture or complete break in the material.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 272/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 268
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 273/711
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CRACK
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 269
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
DENT
A dent is a damaged area, which is pushed in, with respect to its usual
contour. There is no cross sectional area change in the material. The
edges of the damaged area are smooth.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 274/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 270
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 275/711
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - DENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 271
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
NICK
A nick is a small decrease of material due to, for example, a knock at
the edge of a member or a skin.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 276/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 272
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 277/711
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - NICK
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 273
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
DISTORTION
A distortion is any twisting, bending or permanent strain, which results
in misalignment or change of shape. It may be caused by an impact
from a foreign object, but is usually the result of a vibration or
movement of adjacent attached components. This group includesbending, buckling, deformation, imbalance, misalignment, pinching,
d t i ti
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 278/711
and twisting.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 274
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 279/711
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - DISTORTION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 275
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
ABRASION
An abrasion is a damaged area of any size, which causes change in a
cross sectional area because of scuffing, rubbing, scrapping or other
surface erosion. It is usually rough and irregular.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 280/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 276
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 281/711
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - ABRASION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 277
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
DEBONDING
Debonding is the separation of material due to an adhesive failure.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 282/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 278
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D7000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 283/711
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - DEBONDING
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 279
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D7000000001
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
DELAMINATION
A delamination is when a separation of plies occurs in multi-laminate
material. The material being hit or when there is a resin failure for
any other reason can cause a delamination.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 284/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 280
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D7000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 285/711
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - DELAMINATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 281
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D7000000001
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
FRETTING
A fretting is a surface damage at the interface between elements of
the joints resulting from very small angular or linear movements. The
result of fretting is usually the production of fine black powder
staining.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 286/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 282
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D7000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 287/711
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - FRETTING
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 283
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D7000000001
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
CREASE
A crease is a damaged area, which is pushed in or folded back on
itself. The edges of the damaged area are sharp or well specified lines
or ridges.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 288/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 284
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D7000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 289/711
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CREASE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 285
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D7000000001
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
MARK
A mark is a damaged area of any size where a concentration of
scratches, nicks, chips, burrs or gouges etc. is shown. You must
consider the damage as an area and not as a serie of individual
scratches, gouges, etc.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 290/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 286
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D7000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 291/711
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - MARK
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 287
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D7000000001
WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
GENERAL
The windows include the cockpit windows (windshields, sliding windows,
and aft fixed windows), the cabin windows and the passenger/crew door
windows.
Information dealing with different types of damage on windows, is in
page block 6xx of the relevant AMM chapters:- AMM 56-11-11 for the windshields,
- AMM 56-12-11 for the sliding windows,
AMM 56 11 12 for the aft fixed windows
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 292/711
- AMM 56-11-12 for the aft fixed windows,
- AMM 56-21-13 for the cabin windows,
- AMM 56-31-00 for the passenger /crew door windows.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 288
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D8000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 293/711
GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 289
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D8000000001
WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS
RELEVANT ATA CHAPTERS
The types of damage on cockpit windows are mentioned in:
- AMM 56-11-11 page block 6xx for windshields,
- AMM 56-11-12 page block 6xx for aft fixed windows,
- AMM 56-12-11 page block 6xx for sliding windows.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 294/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 290
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D8000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 295/711
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - RELEVANT ATA CHAPTERS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 291
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D8000000001
WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS (continued)
DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION
The types of damage (illustrated) on cockpit windows are:
- Crack: line type defect through the depth of the ply,
- delamination: local separation of glass and interlayer,
- interlayer microflakes: due to moisture ingress in interlayer,- burning (on windshields only): discoloration of the slip pan due to
hot corner effect,
bubbles: appear between the inner face of the outer ply and the
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 296/711
- bubbles: appear between the inner face of the outer ply and the
interlayer,
- burn spot: due to degradation of the heating film element,
- discoloration: due to penetration of dust or sealant.
The types of damage not illustrated are:
- scratch: line type defect in the external surface of the window causing
a cross sectional change,
- chips: flakes of glass broken from the surface and the edges of the
window,
- transparency: halos on the surface of the window can make them
less transparent,
- rain repellent fluid residue on windshields only,
- damage on the soft liner on windshields (if supplied by SPS company
only).
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 292
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D8000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 297/711
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 293
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D8000000001
WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON CABIN AND PASSENGER/CREW
DOOR WINDOWS
RELEVANT ATA CHAPTERS
The cabin and passenger/crew door windows have an inner and an
outer pane. The types of damage on cabin door windows are mentioned
in AMM 56-21-13 page block 6xx and on passenger/crew doorwindows in AMM 56-31-00 page block 6xx.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 298/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 294
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D8000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 299/711
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON CABIN AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS - RELEVANT ATA CHAPTERS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 295
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D8000000001
WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON CABIN AND PASSENGER/CREW
DOOR WINDOWS (continued)
DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION
The types of damage are:
- crazing: small cracks that go in one or all directions,
- scratch: type line defect which causes a cross sectional area change,- crack: partial fracture or complete break of the window pane,
- orange peel effect: irregular cracks on or under the surface,
- chipping: flakes of stretched acrylic broken on the edge of the pane
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 300/711
- chipping: flakes of stretched acrylic broken on the edge of the pane,
- delamination: slate like separation of the material,
- pitting: impact by hard particles against the surface.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 296
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D8000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 301/711
TYPES OF DAMAGE ON CABIN AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS - DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 297
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D8000000001
SRM D/O (3)
GENERAL
The structure repair manual is a non-customized document.
It has been prepared in accordance with Air Transport Association of
America (ATA) specification 100.
The SRM includes descriptive information as well as specific instructions
and data to perform the assessment of structural damage and to perform
repairs. The manual content is approved by the French Airworthiness
Authority DGAC ("Direction Générale de l'Aviation Civile").
For most of the damage/defect discovered on the aircraft structure, the
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 302/711
SRM is the first document to be used to assess the damage, to identify
the affected structure and to determine the subsequent action or repair to
be performed.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 298
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 303/711
GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 299
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
MANUAL BREAKDOWN
The SRM is divided into seven main chapters (From ATA 51 to ATA
57) and the SRI (Structure Repair Inspection).
The manual also contains an introduction chapter (Chapter 00), and some
additional information pages (HIGHLIGHTS, RECORD OF
REVISIONS...) located just at the beginning of the manual.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 304/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 300
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 305/711
MANUAL BREAKDOWN
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 301
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
FRONT PAGES
GENERAL
The front pages of the manual provides general information related
to the manual itself:
- revision transmittal sheet,
- highlights,- record of revisions approved,
- record of temporary revisions,
- list of effective temporary revisions.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 306/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 302
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 307/711
FRONT PAGES - GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 303
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
FRONT PAGES (continued)
HIGHLIGHTS
The highlights chapter deals with the identification, location of the
changes within the SRM from the previous revision. The type of
change (page revised, new, deleted) is also presented.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 308/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 304
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 309/711
FRONT PAGES - HIGHLIGHTS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 305
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
INTRODUCTION
GENERAL
The introduction chapter contains all necessary information and
explanations to enable a correct use of the manual.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 310/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 306
U3U06191-U15T1M
0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 311/711
INTRODUCTION - GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 307
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
INTRODUCTION (continued)
AIRPLANE ALLOCATION LIST
It also contains the airplane allocation list, giving for each MSN
(Manufacturer Serial Number), the airplane type, the aircraft rank
within the customer version, the customer, the customer abbreviation
code and the registration number.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 312/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 308
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 313/711
INTRODUCTION - AIRPLANE ALLOCATION LIST
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 309
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
INTRODUCTION (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT INFORMATION
This section of the introduction chapter enables the identification of
the aircraft weight variant according to the aircraft serie, engine types,
aircraft model and the modification associated to the weight variant
changes.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 314/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 310
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 315/711
INTRODUCTION - WEIGHT VARIANT INFORMATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 311
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
INTRODUCTION (continued)
ALPHANUMERICAL INDEX
This document provides a list of all PNs (Part numbers) referenced
within the SRM and gives the related ATA chapter, the figure number,
the configuration and the item number within the figure. This list is
updated at each SRM revision. It provides a quick access to the part,to identify within the manual using the part number as a key.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 316/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 312
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 317/711
INTRODUCTION - ALPHANUMERICAL INDEX
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 313
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS)
GENERAL
For permanent repairs with inspection program, inspections are quoted
along with the repair.
Due to the amount of inspections, these requirements have been
transferred in a separate appendix to the SRM:- for more clarity of the SRM,
- for better handling of the inspection requirements.
The chapter Structural Repair Instructions (SRI) gives all necessary
inspection instructions on structural repairs and allowable damage
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 318/711
inspection instructions on structural repairs and allowable damage
limits, and provides the airlines with information to integrate the
additional inspections to their own maintenance program.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 314
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 319/711
SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 315
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued)
GENERAL (CONT'D)
If an inspection is needed, an Inspection Instruction Reference (IIR)
will be specified within the related repair. The operator shall then
refer to the SRI chapter to find out all the inspection instructions using
the IIR as a key.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 320/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 316
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 321/711
SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - GENERAL (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 317
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued)
I.I.R. (INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE)
The explanation of the IIR is given at the beginning of the SRI chapter.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 322/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 318
U3U06191-U15T1
M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 323/711
SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - I.I.R. (INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 319
U3U06191-U15T1
M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued)
SRI CONTENTS
At the beginning of the SRI chapter, a table of contents provides the
list of repairs concerned by special inspections requirements.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 324/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 320
U3U06191-U15T1
M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 325/711
SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - SRI CONTENTS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 321
U3U06191-U15T1
M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued)
SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)
Within the introduction section of the SRI, the "Inspection Instruction
Schemes" table enables the operator to locate the inspection instruction
within the SRI (for inspection ref. 53-41-11-2-001-00, instructions
are to be found in paragraph 1.A.).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 326/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 322
U3U06191-U15T1
M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 327/711
SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 323
U3U06191-U15T1
M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued)
SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)
Within the concerned paragraph, the inspection instruction are divided
into three main parts:
- the general information part, which reminds the inspection location,
- the inspection information table (A/C concerned, inspection
threshold, interval, required inspection methods),
- the inspection areas illustrations.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 328/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 324
U3U06191-U15T1
M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 329/711
SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 325
U3U06191-U15T1
M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued)
SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)-INSPECTION AREAS
ILLUSTRATIONS (IF ANY - E.G. 53-00-11)
The areas to be inspected are defined on the illustration, with the
identification of the applicable inspection methods and applicable
NTM procedures.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 330/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 326
U3U06191-U15T1
M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 331/711
SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)-INSPECTION AREAS ILLUSTRATIONS (IF ANY - E.G. 53-00-11)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 327
U3U06191-U15T1
M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE
When damage is discovered, the first step is to evaluate, classify and
accurately measure it. The SRM chapter 51-11-XX provides useful
information to perform this assessment in the best conditions (damage
definitions and classification, classification of structures, allowable
damage definitions and damage/defect reporting process).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 332/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 328
U3U06191-U15T1
M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 333/711
MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 329
U3U06191-U15T1
M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE (continued)
CONT'D
The next step is the full identification of the affected area/structure.
This is achieved using the identification page block (pages 01-99) of
the related specific chapter/section (52-57). According to the original
structure data and the actual damage characteristics, it is then possible
to determine whether the damage is within the defined allowable limits
or not. This is done using the allowable damage page block (pages
101-199) of the related specific chapter/section. If the damage is within
the allowable limits, the subsequent actions are generally a slight
rework and a re-protection of the affected area using the standard
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 334/711
rework and a re protection of the affected area, using the standard
procedures of chapter 51.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 330
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 335/711
MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 331
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE (continued)
CONT'D
If the damage is above the limits, you must check whether a repair is
available and/or applicable within the repair page block (pages
201-999).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 336/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 332
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 337/711
MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 333
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
NUMBERING SYSTEM AND PAGE BLOCK ALLOCATION
Each subject, within the SRM, is identified using a three-element
numbering system chapter/section and sub-section:
- the first element designates the chapter which is assigned by the ATA
spec. 100,
- the second element designates the section within the chapter. The first
digit is assigned by the ATA spec. 100. The second digit is assigned byAirbus S.A.S,
- the third element identifies the subsection (subject) within the section
and is assigned by Airbus S.A.S.
A standard page block allocation is used for all SRM chapters:
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 338/711
- pages 1 to 99 for structure identification,
- pages 101 to 199 for allowable damage,
- pages 201 to 999 for repairs.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 334
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 339/711
NUMBERING SYSTEM AND PAGE BLOCK ALLOCATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 335
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL)
Information of a general nature or information applicable to more than
one chapter, is included in chapter 51.
NOTE: Note: the entry point within the SRM is always the specific
chapter 52 to 57, depending on the damage location.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 340/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 336
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 341/711
CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 337
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) (continued)
CONTENTS
The table of contents is detailed in the following illustrations.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 342/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 338
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 343/711
CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) - CONTENTS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 339
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) (continued)
CONTENTS (CONT'D)
Chapter 51 table of contents (2/3).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 344/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 340
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 345/711
CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) - CONTENTS (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 341
U3U06191-U15T
1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) (continued)
CONTENTS (CONT'D)
Chapter 51 table of contents (3/3).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 346/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 342
U3U06191-U15T
1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 347/711
CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) - CONTENTS (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 343
U3U06191-U15T
1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS
LAYOUT
Chapters 52 to 57 have the same layout, which conforms to the defined
page block allocation system (PB 1 to 99-identification, PB 101 to
199-allowable damage, PB 201 to 999-repairs). In addition, a table
of contents and a Service Bulletin (SB) list are provided at the
beginning of each chapter. Depending on the chapters, theModification/Service Bulletin list is to be found either at the chapter
level, or main section level.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 348/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 344
U3U06191-U15T
1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 349/711
CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - LAYOUT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 345
U3U06191-U15T
1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS (continued)
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
Located at the beginning of each chapter, the SB list is a list of all
service bulletins referenced within the chapter.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 350/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 346
U3U06191-U15T
1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 351/711
CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 347
U3U06191-U15T
1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS (continued)
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (CONT'D)
The user can refer to this list to get more information regarding a
specific service bulletin in terms of:
- revision status of the SB,
- date of introduction within the SRM,
- description.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 352/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 348
U3U06191-U15T
1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 353/711
CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 349
U3U06191-U15T
1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS (continued)
MODIFICATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
Located at:
- door level for chapter 52,
- fuselage section level for chapter 53,
- chapter level for chapter 54,
- main assembly level for chapter 55,- wing section level for chapter 57, this list is provided to enable the
user to determine the effectivity of the modification/SB.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 354/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 350
U3U06191-U15T
1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 355/711
CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - MODIFICATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 351
U3U06191-U15T
1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS (continued)
MODIFICATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (CONT'D)
This list provides, for a given modification number, its associated
suffix and the aircraft standard, and the effectivity expressed in MSN.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 356/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 352
U3U06191-U15T
1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 357/711
CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - MODIFICATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 353
U3U06191-U15T
1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
EXAMPLE : COMPOSITE STRUCTURES
In the identification pages, the individual parts of the major
components are illustrated and listed in tabular form. Each
identification topic begins with an introduction page, which includes
a general information paragraph. The item number is the key between
the illustration and the identification table. For composite structures,the illustration provides identification of individual layers, orientation
and materials. A ply (layer) orientation reference is also given.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 358/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 354
U3U06191-U15T
1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 359/711
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - EXAMPLE : COMPOSITE STRUCTURES
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 355
U3U06191-U15T
1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
EXAMPLE : METALLIC STRUCTURES
For metallic structure such as fuselage skin panels, the different
material thicknesses are provided using letter codes or shaded areas
as a key to the thickness tables. The associated identification table
provides the additional material, part number modification statusinformation.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 360/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 356
U3U06191-U15T
1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 361/711
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - EXAMPLE : METALLIC STRUCTURES
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 357
U3U06191-U15T
1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED
The typical identification table associated with the illustration(s)
contains different columns:
- ITEM,
- NOMENCLATURE,- SPECIFICATION AND/OR SECTION CODE,
- THICKNESS IN MM (IN.) AND/OR PARTNUMBER,
- IC: INTERCHANGEABILITY,
- ACTION OR REPAIR,
- STATUS (MOD/PROP) SB/RC (MOD/PROP:
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 362/711
Modification/Proposal, RC: Recordable Concession),
In addition: the relevant assembly drawings are listed at the end of
the table (ASSY DRAWINGS:...........).
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 358
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 363/711
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 359
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (ITEM COLUMN)
The item number is the link with the associated illustrations. This
column also indicates the different evolutions of the same item (with
a suffix letter: 1A, 1B,..) compared to the basic version (without
suffix). Each evolution is linked to a production modification givenin the column ''status (MOD/PROP)''.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 364/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 360
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 365/711
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (ITEM COLUMN)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 361
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED
(SPECIFICATION/SECTION CODE COLUMN)
This column provides information related to the type of material used
(material specification), and when possible/available, the appropriate
standards. To get more information regarding the materialspecifications the user can refer to the SRM chapter 51:
- 51-31-00 for metallic materials,
- 51-33-00 for non-metallic materials (composite materials).
When the appropriate standard is shown, the user can refer to the
Airbus S.A.S. Standard Manual(SM).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 366/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 362
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 367/711
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (SPECIFICATION/SECTION CODE COLUMN)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 363
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
CHAPTER 51-31-00 EXAMPLE
This example shows the way to proceed to find out the material
information within the chapter 51-31-00 for metallic structure, starting
with the material specification. A first list provides the table to be
used (e.g. table 4 for 3.1364T42).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 368/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 364
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 369/711
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - CHAPTER 51-31-00 EXAMPLE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 365
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
CHAPTER 51-31-00 EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
The material table provides, for a given material specification, the
European substitute (if used by the other European manufacturers and
the United States substitutes).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 370/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 366
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 371/711
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - CHAPTER 51-31-00 EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 367
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
STANDARD MANUAL EXTRACT
The standard manual provides the additional information linked to a
given standard number.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 372/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 368
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 373/711
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - STANDARD MANUAL EXTRACT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 369
U3U06191-U15
T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED
(THICKNESS/PART NUMBER COLUMN)
The Part Number (PN) corresponding to the structural component is
shown in this column. Within the PN, the first nine characters give
the detailed drawing number of the component, which is an entry keyto the airbus drawing set. In general the "as drawn" parts are Left
Hand (LH) and are provided with an even part number (e.g.: ...202).
In the SRM, the identification table always states the LH part number
on the first line and the RH part number (when indicated) on the
second line.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 374/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 370
U3U06191-U15
T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 375/711
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (THICKNESS/PART NUMBER COLUMN)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 371
U3U06191-U15
T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (IC COLUMN)
The IC column provides the interchangeability status of the parts:
- 01: one way interchangeable (post-mod part to be used to replace
pre-mod part),
- 02: two ways interchangeable (post-mod or pre-mod parts can beused),
- 03: no interchangeability.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 376/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 372
U3U06191-U15
T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 377/711
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (IC COLUMN)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 373
U3U06191-U15
T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (ACTION OR
REPAIR COLUMN)
This column gives indication concerning the action or repair to be
performed. For existing general or specific repairs, the
chapter/section/sub-section is inserted. For a recommendation toreplace the part, the word "REPLACE" is inserted. Where left blank,
a case-by-case assessment has to be performed to determine the
relevant corrective action (part replacement, repair as per SRM or
specific repair as per Airbus SAS definition).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 378/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 374
U3U06191-U15
T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 379/711
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (ACTION OR REPAIR COLUMN)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 375
U3U06191-U15
T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS
MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN)
Linked with the Item column, the STATUS MOD/PRP, SB/RC column
gives the modification or service bulletin driving the different
evolutions of a structural component (listed in column Item). A prefixletter is used to identify the status BEFORE ("B" letter) or AFTER
("A" letter) SB or Modification. The suffix letter (A, B, C, D...)
indicated at the end of the MOD/PROP (and column "S" of the
MOD/SB list) shows the different effectivity within the same
MOD/PROP number.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 380/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 376
U3U06191-U15
T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 381/711
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 377
U3U06191-U15
T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS
MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN (CONT'D))
To find the relevant effectivity linked to a modification shown in the
STATUS column, the user must refer to the modification/service
bulletin list.
NOTE: the status before or after modification/SB and the relevant
modification solution (suffix letter) should not be forgotten.
Within the modification/service bulletin list, the effectivities
are expressed in MSN.
to find the relationship between the customer version number
( AFR 01 0016) d th MSN th f t th
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 382/711
(e.g.. AFR 01 0016) and the MSN, the user can refer to the
airplane allocation list of the introduction chapter of the
SRM.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 378
U3U06191-U15
T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 383/711
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN
(CONT'D))
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 379
U3U06191-U15
T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS
MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN (CONT'D))
When the modification is linked to a SB, the SB number is also
mentioned, below the modification number. The SB list located at the
beginning of the chapter can be used to get more information.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 384/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 380
U3U06191-U15
T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 385/711
IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN
(CONT'D))
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 381
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
CONFIGURATIONS
GENERAL
When modification or service bulletin are extensive and the preceding
method of reflecting effectivity becomes cumbersome, thus distracting
from the continuity of subject matter, additional page blocks are
established. These additional page blocks are further identified by the
introduction of a configuration code (CONFIG-1, CONFIG-2), etc...)following the chapter/section/sub-section. Configuration codes are
always in ascending, sequential numerical order, i.e., CONFIG-1,
CONFIG-2, CONFIG-3, etc... The first example shown below
illustrates the change in the A320 vertical stabilizer spar box design
and manufacturing following modification 26500K4924H.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 386/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 382
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 387/711
CONFIGURATIONS - GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 383
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
CONFIGURATIONS (continued)
EXAMPLE
Here is an example of different configurations. The modification of
the design and production process of the carbon fiber vertical stabilizer
spar box leads to two configurations within the chapter 55. The
configuration number is indicated at the bottom of the related pages.
On this example, as highlighted, the configuration 1 is applicablebefore modification 26500K4924H. Configuration 2 is applicable
after modification 26500K4924H. It is of the operator duty to select
first in which configuration the concerned aircraft is, before going
further in the SRM investigation. This is done using the service
bulletin/modification list located at the beginning of the chapter or
section.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 388/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 384
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 389/711
CONFIGURATIONS - EXAMPLE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 385
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101)
GENERAL
The information to be found within allowable damage page block
enables the operator to define whether a damaged airplane may be
returned into service without repair. An allowable damage permitted
has no significant effect on the strength or fatigue life of the structure,
which must still be capable of fulfilling its function. Allowable damagemay require minimal rework such as cleanup or drilling of stop holes.
Basically the allowable page block contains different page types:
- general information pages,
- damage criteria tables,
- paragraph for each type of damage,
- damage measurement procedure,
- damage localization (zoning) figures,
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 390/711
g g g
- allowable damage diagram.
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 386
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 391/711
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 387
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE INFORMATION
After a careful reading of the first information page(s), the first step
in the allowable damage determination, consists in the use of the
damage criteria table.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 392/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 388
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 393/711
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE INFORMATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 389
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA TABLE
The damage criteria table enables the operator to determine the relevant
paragraph (e.g. 4A) that should be used, depending on the type of
damage (e.g.: allowable rework), and the affected structure (e.g. skin
plates).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 394/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 390
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 395/711
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - DAMAGE CRITERIA TABLE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 391
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY
For some allowable damage (e.g. dent allowable damage), the
allowable damage effectivity per weight variant must be checked.
The table (e.g. table 102) at the beginning of the allowable damage
relevant paragraph shall be used. The allowable damage information
contained within the related paragraph is justified and applicable for
the listed weight variant only. If not, contact Airbus.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 396/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 392
U3U06191-U1
5T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 397/711
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 393
U3U06191-U1
5T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION
To define the "as delivered" weight variant of a concerned MSN, the
first step is to refer to the airplane allocation list of the introduction
chapter, which gives the corresponding type (e.g.: A320-232). Then,
refer to the weight variant identification list, also in the introduction
chapter.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 398/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 394
U3U06191-U1
5T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 399/711
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 395
U3U06191-U1
5T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
The weight variant identification list gives, for a given aircraft type,
the different possible "as delivered" weight variants. The next step
will be to determine which one of these possible weight variants is
applicable to the concerned MSN.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 400/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 396
U3U06191-U1
5T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 401/711
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 397
U3U06191-U1
5T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
To determine the applicable "as delivered" weight variant, the operator
must check which of the associated modification(s) is effective on the
concerned MSN. The Aircraft Inspection Report (AIR) can be used
for this purpose. Once found, the corresponding weight variant is
considered as the weight variant of concerned MSN at delivery.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 402/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 398
U3U06191-U1
5T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 403/711
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 399
U3U06191-U1
5T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
The "as delivered" weight variant may change after delivery, following
the embodiment of a service bulletin. It is the operator's responsibility
to check the embodiment of referenced SB, in order to determine the
relevant weight variant for the affected MSN. The information is given
into Table 2 "Service Bulletin/Weight Variant List".
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 404/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 400
U3U06191-U1
5T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 405/711
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 401
U3U06191-U1
5T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
The table 2-"Service Bulletin/Weight Variant List" provides for the
related aircraft type (e.g.: A320-232) the different service bulletin
applicable. For the given MSN, the operator must check whether one
of the possible SB has been embodied or not. If yes, the weight variant
of the aircraft becomes the weight variant given by the table.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 406/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 402
U3U06191-U1
5T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 407/711
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 403
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
For aircraft which have been subject to weight variant change through
a SB embodiment: the weight variant information to be used to identify
the effectivity of the given allowable damage (or repair information),
is the heaviest weight variant that the subject aircraft has been operated
with, since its delivery.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 408/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 404
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 409/711
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 405
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
The allowable damage diagram to be used, generally depends on the
location of the damage on the concerned structure.
Illustrations are used to locate the damage and thus to define the
relevant diagram to be used (e.g. refer to diagram 102).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 410/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 406
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 411/711
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 407
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE
As a last step of the damage investigation, the use of the allowable
damage diagrams provides the necessary information concerning the
actions to be performed, depending on damage extent.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 412/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 408
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 413/711
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 409
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE
(CONT'D)
Provided that no cracks have been detected, this first area of the
allowable damage rework diagram defines typical allowable damage
without any time limits. The surface protection needs to be restored.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 414/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 410
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 415/711
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 411
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE
(CONT'D)
This second area for reworks depth between 10 % and 25 % of the
nominal thickness, also defines allowable damage but with a time
limit.
In this example a repair has to be performed before 3000 flights at
the latest. The surface protection has to be restored.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 416/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 412
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 417/711
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 413
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE
(CONT'D)
This area is defined for reworks depth between 25 % and 40 % of the
nominal thickness. It is stil l allowable damage, provided that no crack
is detected. But a repair has to be performed before 50 flights at the
latest.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 418/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 414
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 419/711
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 415
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE
(CONT'D)
Stop drill and apply high-speed tape for one flight pressurized or
unpressurized only, or do a temporary repair as per 53-00-11 figure
210.
Temporary repair has to be replaced by a final repair within 2500
flights.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 420/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 416
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 421/711
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 417
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE
(CONT'D)
For damage located in this area, the damage shall be stop drilled before
a ferry flight without cabin pressure. Install high-speed tape before
the ferry flight. A repair has to be performed.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 422/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 418
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 423/711
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 419
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE
(CONT'D)
For damage located in this area, a repair has to be performed
immediately or a ferry flight may be allowed upon manufacturer's
authorization.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 424/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 420
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 425/711
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 421
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201)
GENERAL
The Repairs Page Block (PB 201), contains necessary information to
carry out permissible repairs.
Each of the repairs is described with illustrations and procedure
instructions, which includes repair applicability data and repair
material lists.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 426/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 422
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 427/711
REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 423
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)
LIST OF AVAILABLE REPAIR SCHEMES
At the beginning of each repair page block, a list of available repair
schemes is provided for a quick assess to the repairs.
The repairs can be located in the general section of chapter 53 (e.g.:
53-00-11 for standard fuselage skin repairs), or directly covered within
the related section when the repair is specific (e.g. paragraph 5A, Fig.
201).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 428/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 424
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 429/711
REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - LIST OF AVAILABLE REPAIR SCHEMES
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 425
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)
REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS
The relevant paragraph of the repair instructions contain information
related to:
- the applicability of the concerned repair,
- general reminders linked to repair principles and rules.
Note: an IIR appears within the repair instructions.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 430/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 426
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 431/711
REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 427
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)
REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)
All the materials (repair materials and consumable materials) are listed
within the concerned repair instructions. Consumable materials are
call-up using their Consumable Material List (CML) code (e.g.
09-013). For more information on these materials, the user can refer
to the SRM chapter 51-35-00 consumable materials and/or the CML
document.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 432/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 428
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 433/711
REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 429
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)
REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)
this SRM chapter(51-35-00) deals with consumable materials.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 434/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 430
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 435/711
REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 431
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)
REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)
Information concerning the consumable materials can also be found
in the CML.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 436/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 432
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 437/711
REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 433
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)
REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)
The repair instruction lists all the steps of the repair, with references
to the standard processes and practices covered within the chapter 51
when required.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 438/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 434
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 439/711
REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 435
U3U06191-U
15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SRM D/O (3)
REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)
REPAIR ILLUSTRATIONS
Note: an IIR appears within the repairs illustrations.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 440/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 436
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 441/711
REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR ILLUSTRATIONS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 437
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)
GENERAL
The windows are:
- the cockpit windows ( windshields, sliding windows, and aft fixed
windows),
- the cabin windows and,
- the passenger/crew door windows.
To find the corrective actions for each type of defect, refer to the page
block 6xx of the relevant AMM chapters:- AMM 56-11-11 for the windshields,
- AMM 56-12-11 for the sliding windows,
- AMM 56-11-12 for the aft fixed windows,
- AMM 56-21-13 for the cabin windows,
- AMM 56-31-00 for the passenger/crew door windows.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 442/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 438
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 443/711
GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 439
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS
Refer to the relevant AMM chapter for each type of cockpit windows.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 444/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 440
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 445/711
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 441
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS
(continued)
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON WINDSHIELDS
Refer to AMM 56-11-11 pages block 6xx to get the corrective actions
for the following types of defect on windshields:
- cracks,
- scratches,
- chips,- delaminating,
- discoloration,
- interlayer micro flakes,
- bubbles,
- burn spot,
- transparency,
- rain repellent fluid residue,
- damage on the soft liner (if supplied by SPS company only).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 446/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 442
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 447/711
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON WINDSHIELDS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 443
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS
(continued)
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON SLIDING WINDOWS
Refer to AMM 56-12-11 pages block 6xx to get the corrective actions
for the following types of defect on sliding windows:
- cracks,
- scratches,
- chips,- delaminating,
- bubbles,
- discoloration or burning,
- interlayer micro flakes,
- transparency,
- crazing,
- burn spots.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 448/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 444
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 449/711
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON SLIDING WINDOWS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 445
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS
(continued)
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON AFT FIXED
WINDOWS
Refer to AMM 56-11-12 pages block 6xx to get the corrective actions
for the following types of defect on aft fixed windows:
- cracks,
- scratches,- chips,
- delaminating,
- bubbles,
- discoloration or burning,
- transparency,
- interlayer micro flakes,
- burn spots.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 450/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 446
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 451/711
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON AFT FIXED WINDOWS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 447
U3U06191-
U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS
AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS
Refer to the relevant AMM for the cabin and passenger/crew door
windows.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 452/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 448
U3U06191-
U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 453/711
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 449
U3U06191-
U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS
AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS (continued)
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS
Refer to AMM 56-21-13 page block 6xx to get the allowable damages
for the following types of defect on cabin windows:
- delaminating,
- scratches,
- pitting,- crazing,
- crazing with bulging,
- bulging,
- orange peel effect,
- chipping,
- cracks,
- vent hole damage.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 454/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 450
U3U06191-
U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 455/711
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE
ON CABIN WINDOWS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 451
U3U06191-
U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS
AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS (continued)
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON PASSENGER/CREW
DOOR WINDOWS
Refer to AMM 56-31-00 page block 6xx to get the allowable damage
for the following types of defect on passenger/crew door windows:
- scratches,
- crazing,- bulging,
- crazing with bulging,
- delaminating.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 456/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 452
U3U06191-
U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 457/711
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE
ON PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 453
U3U06191-
U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)
INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this example is to present, the complete procedure to be
followed when a damage is discovered, from the damage mapping draft
to the final structure damage assessment. This example was chosen as it
represents one of the more usual types of damage on an A/C and gives
an in depth investigation with all the different stages.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 458/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 454
U3U06191-
U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 459/711
INTRODUCTION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 455
U3U06191-
U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)
IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE
The damage is located onto the fuselage skin, thus, all the information
regarding the identification of the part, allowable damage and repair, if
any, are to be found within the chapter 53 of the SRM. Information
concerning the damage classification and reporting are to be found within
the SRM chapter 51-11-00. The concerned damage is a dent with no
visible crack. At this stage, take visual reference to facilitate damage
location. Such as, a forward or aft passenger door, or a cargo door, above
or below cabin floor level at stringer (Stgr) 23, close to a longitudinal or
circumferential joint, etc...). If the dent is close to a rivet row, an internal
visual inspection is required to determine whether the internal structure
(frame, stringer, etc...) is also damaged or not.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 460/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 456
U3U06191-
U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 461/711
IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 457
U3U06191-
U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)
MAPPING
Using SRM 51-11-13 as a guide, the maximum information should be
taken from the aircraft before starting any assessment (measurement and
location of the maximum depth, distance of dent edges to nearest fastener
rows, existing closest skin joints or any other visible structure that will
help in the detailed location of the damage, etc...).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 462/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 458
U3U06191-
U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 463/711
MAPPING
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 459
U3U06191-
U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)
MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D
Using the data collected from the A/C, the mapping should be
completed by determining the exact location (in terms of frame
numbers and stringer numbers). For this purpose, refer to the beginning
of the chapter 53 (fuselage).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 464/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 460
U3U06191-
U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 465/711
MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 461
U3U06191-
U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)
MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D
The illustration of chapter 53-00-00 enables the operator to determine
the circumferential joint related frame numbers.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 466/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 462
U3U06191-
U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 467/711
MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 463
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)
MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D
Using the frame identification illustration of chapter 53-00-00, and
the data collected during the damage mapping, the frames surrounding
the damage can be determined. According to the mapping information,
the damage is located between the first and the second frame after the
circumferential joint located at Fr 24. Consequently, the damage is
located between Fr 25 and 26.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 468/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 464
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 469/711
MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 465
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)
MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D
To complete the damage location, the stringers surrounding the damage
also need to be determined. For this purpose the "General panel
identification" illustrations, proposed within chapter 53-00-00 can be
used. According to the data collected on the A//C and the location of
the damage from the existing longitudinal skin joints, the affected
panel can be determined. For this example the damage is located on
panel 7 - lower side shell - located between Stgr 18LH & 32LH, and
Fr 24 & 35.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 470/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 466
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 471/711
MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 467
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)
MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D
The information collected can be reported onto the damage mapping.
The damage is located between Fr 25 and 26. The stringer number
corresponds to the longitudinal skin joint from which the damage has
been located. Nevertheless, the exact stringer numbers surrounding
the damage need to be confirmed. For this purpose, the information
provided in the identification page block of the concerned panel has
to be used.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 472/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 468
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 473/711
MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 469
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION
The "fuselage section division" illustration of chapter 53-00-00 used
before enables the definition of the affected section: "Forward fuselage"
- section 13/14 - chapter 53-20-00. The general illustration of 53-20-00
identifies the main structural arrangement of the forward fuselage. Skin
plates are part of the "MAIN STRUCTURE" covered by section 53-21-00.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 474/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 470
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 475/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 471
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D
Following SRM 53-21-00 guidelines, the figure shows that the skin
panels (skin plates) are item number 1. The illustration associated
nomenclature informs us that the full identification of the skin panels
(skin plates) are covered by SRM 53-21-11.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 476/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 472
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 477/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 473
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D
All the skin panels (plates) of the forward fuselage are listed within
the nomenclature located at the front page of SRM 53-21-11. Using
the information collected before (affected panel: lower side panel -
left, between Fr 24 & 35 and Stgr 18 & 32), the nomenclature provides
the figure number we have to refer to: "Skin plates - LWR parts LH
Fr 24 to Fr 35: REFER TO Figure 1".
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 478/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 474
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 479/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 475
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D
The figure 1 identifies two different panels (view A and C). The view
A concerns the skin panel located from Stgr 18LH to 32LH. The view
C concerns the skin panel located from Stgr 32LH to 41LH. According
to the damage mapping, the view A is concerned. The damage has
been located on panel 7 (between Stgr 18LH and 32LH).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 480/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 476
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 481/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 477
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D
The view A, identifies all the different items which are part of the
panel (e.g. crack stoppers, doublers...), and a view indication identifies
the skin itself for more details (View D). The view D identifies the
different material thicknesses (letter codes), and all the stringer
locations.
There are two different panel configurations illustrated, showing the
basic version of the panel and an other possible version effective after
the embodiment of production modification(s). Modification numbers
are indicated at the bottom of the page. The next step of the
investigation is to define which of these panels is installed on the
concerned A/C.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 482/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 478
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 483/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 479
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D
To identify the actual panel, the modification numbers indicated at
the bottom of the page have to be compared with the service
bulletin/modification list, located at the beginning of chapter 53-20-00.
The purpose is to check their effectivity in terms of Manufacturer
Serial Number (MSN).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 484/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 480
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 485/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 481
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D
The view D of panel on figure 1, sheet 5 is valid after Modifications
(MODs) 27117P5234 or 2729P5353. Checking the Modification / SB
List at the beginning of chapter 53-20-00, MSN 2057 doesn't appear
in this list of MSN proposed for each of the modification. So the panel
installed on the A/C is a basic version, then, refer to view D figure 1,
sheet 3.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 486/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 482
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 487/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 483
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D
The damage is located between Fr 25 and 26, and is located between
the fourth and the fifth stringer from Stgr 18 LH (longitudinal skin
joint reference).
This information can be reported onto the illustration and gives:
- the material thickness of the area (code B, giving 1.4 mm (0.055
in)),
- the stringer location: the damage is located between Stgr 22LH and
23LH.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 488/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 484
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 489/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 485
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
MAPPING (FINALIZATION)
The damage mapping can now be completed with the stringer numbers
and the nominal skin thickness in the dented area. The damage
assessment using the allowable damage page block is the next step.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 490/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 486
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 491/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - MAPPING (FINALIZATION)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 487
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT
GENERAL
To start the damage assessment refer to the page block 101 of the
relevant chapter/section (53-21-11), and start to read carefully the
procedure. A special attention shall be paid to the notes and cautions.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 492/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 488
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 493/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 489
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT
A caution note indicates that the allowable damage effectivity per
A/C weight variant may have to be verified. The weight variant is a
criterion which is defined for each model of A/C and depending on
its Maximum Take Off Weight (MTWO), Maximum Landing Weight
(MLW), Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MSFW). The allowable damage
limits are defined per weight variant and for a same model. The weight
variant can change, depending on the modification or Service Bulletin(SB) embodiment status. The actual weight variant of the affected
A/C has to be known before starting the assessment. Because of the
modifications, which could be embodied on the A/C, only the airline
engineering department shall give you this information. The actual
weight variant shall be compared with the data given in a table at the
beginning of allowable damage related paragraph.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 494/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 490
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 495/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 491
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA
A second caution note indicates that in some cases, an inspection may
be required to check for crack, even if the damage is determined as
being allowable.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 496/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 492
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 497/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 493
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Check the applicability of the allowable damage for dents.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 498/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 494
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 499/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 495
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
To keep on with the damage assessment procedure, a note asks the
operator to refer to the damage criteria table 101.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 500/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 496
U3U06191
-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 501/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 497
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
The allowable damage description/criteria table (101), shows two
types of dents:
- dent* referring to paragraph 4B,
- dent ** referring to paragraph 4C.
Note that an Inspection Instruction Reference (IIR) is indicated for
dents*. The first step is to define which paragraph is applicable to
reported dent. Dents are considered as fulfilling nearness/form criterionor out of nearness/form criterion, in accordance with their geometry
and their proximity to the nearest adjacent internal structure elements.
This must be determined according to the parameters defined in figure
104.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 502/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 498
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
1
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 503/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 499
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
To define whether the dent fulfils or not the nearness/form criterion,
two criteria have to be checked:
- the first criterion consists in checking the smallest distance measured
from the dent edge to any fastener row (frame, stringer) distance B.
This distance should be minimum 15 mm (0.59 in),
- the second criterion consists in comparing the depth of the dent (D)
with the smallest distance measured from the deepest point of the dentto the closest adjacent structure (distance A).
The depth of the dent should be maximum 10% of the distance A. If
one of these criteria is not met, the dent **, and thus paragraph 4C
(dent not fulfilling criteria) should be taken to keep on with paragraph
4B.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
1
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 504/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 500
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
1
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 505/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 501
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
The second criterion consists in comparing the depth of the dent (D)
with the smallest distance, measured from the deepest point of the
dent to the closest adjacent structure (distance A). If no access from
inside, the measurement is taken from outside, from the deepest point
of the dent to the closest fastener row (distance X). The distance A
will become distance X - 15 mm, which is the average considered
edge margin.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
1
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 506/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 502
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB00000000
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 507/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 503
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB00000000
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Check for the first criterion to be fulfilled. B distance : minimum 15
mm. The smallest distance measured between the edge of the dent
and the surrounding fastener rows is 29 mm, which is higher than 15
mm. The first criterion is met.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 508/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 504
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB00000000
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 509/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 505
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB00000000
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Check for the second criterion to be fulfilled: the depth of the dent
should be maximum 10% of the distance A. The distance measurement
has been done from outside: the smallest distance between the deepest
point of the dent and the surrounding fastener row is 66 mm. Since
measured from outside, distance A = 66 mm - 15 mm = 51 mm; 10%
of A = 5.1 mm. The second criterion is also fulfilled since the depth
of the dent (D = 4.5 mm) is smaller than 10% of A.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 510/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 506
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB00000000
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 511/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 507
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB0000000
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
The dent fulfils "nearness/form criterion", then refer to paragraph 4.B.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 512/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 508
U3U0619
1-U15T1M0-UM51DB0000000
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 513/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 509
U3U0619
1-U15T1M0-UM51DB0000000
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
As mentioned in a caution at the beginning of the allowable damage
pages, the allowable damage applicability have to be checked, using
the weight variant table (table 102) given at the beginning of the
paragraph. The information coming from the airline-engineering
department shows that the MSN 2057 is at weight variant 001.
Checking the table 102, weight variant 001 is included in, and thus
the following allowable damage information can be used.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 514/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 510
U3U0619
1-U15T1M0-UM51DB0000000
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 515/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 511
U3U0619
1-U15T1M0-UM51DB0000000
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Compare the dents in accordance with diagram 103.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 516/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 512
U3U0619
1-U15T1M0-UM51DB0000000
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
0001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 517/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 513
U3U0619
1-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM
The skin thickness in the dented area, and the depth of the dent, are
the keys to get into to diagram. You must refer to the data collected
before (damage mapping).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
0001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 518/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 514
U3U0619
1-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
0001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 519/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 515
U3U0619
1-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM (CONT'D)
The skin thickness in the dented area is 1.4 mm (found in the
identification pages). The depth of the dent is 4.5mm (measured from
the A/C damage mapping). These two values are plotted onto the
diagram, which defines a point. The area where this point is located
defines the subsequent actions to be performed. For the concerned
dent, the actions to be performed are as follow: "check damage for
cracks by detailed visual examination. If clear, repair within 3000FC". Provided that no crack is detected by detailed visual inspection,
the dent is considered as an allowable damage with a time limit
(temporary allowable damage). The A/C can be released. But a repair
will have to be done before 3000 Flight Cycles (FC).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
0001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 520/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 516
U3U0619
1-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
0001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 521/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 517
U3U0619
1-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this example is to present you the complete procedure to
be followed when a damage is discovered, from the damage mapping
draft to the final structure damage assessment. This example was chosen
as it represents one of the more usual types of damage on the A/C and
enables to make an in depth investigation with all the different stages.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
00001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 522/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 518
U3U0619
1-U15T1M0-UM51DC00000
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
00001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 523/711
INTRODUCTION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 519
U3U0619
1-U15T1M0-UM51DC00000
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE
The damage is located onto the fuselage skin, thus, all the information
regarding the identification of the part, allowable damage and repair, if
any, are to be found within the chapter 53 of the SRM. All the information
regarding the damage classification or the rework, if any, are to be found
within SRM chapter 51. The applicable damage is a scratch with no
visible crack. At this stage: take visual reference to facilitate damage
location. Such as, a forward or an aft passenger door, or a cargo door,
above or below the cabin floor level at stringer (Stgr) 23, near a
longitudinal or circumferential skin joint, etc...
If the scratch is near a rivet row, an internal visual inspection is required
to determine whether the internal structure (frame, stringer, etc...) is also
damaged or not.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
00001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 524/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 520
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC00000
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
00001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 525/711
IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 521
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC00000
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
MAPPING
Using the SRM 51-11-13 as a guide, the maximum information should
be taken from the A/C before starting any assessment. (measurement and
location of the maximum depth, distance of rework edges to the nearest
fastener rows, existing closest skin joints or any other visible structure
that will help in the detailed location of the damage, etc...).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
00001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 526/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 522
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC00000
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 527/711
MAPPING
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 523
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC0000
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D
Using the data collected from the A/C, the mapping should be
completed by determining the exact location (in terms of frame
numbers and stringer numbers). For this purpose refer to the beginning
of chapter 53 - fuselage.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 528/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 524
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC0000
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 529/711
MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 525
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC0000
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D
The illustration of chapter 53-00-00 enables the operator to determine
the circumferential skin joints related frame numbers.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 530/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 526
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC0000
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 531/711
MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 527
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC0000
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D
Using the frame identification illustration of chapter 53-00-00, and
the data collected during the damage mapping, the frames surrounding
the damage can be determined.
According to the mapping information, the damage is located between
the first and the second frame after the circumferential joint located
at frame (Fr) 64. Consequently the damage is located between Fr 62
and 63.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 532/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 528
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC000
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
0000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 533/711
MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 529
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC000
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D
To complete the damage location, the stringers surrounding the damage
also need to be determined. For this purpose, the "General Panel
Identification" illustrations, proposed within chapter 53-00-00 can be
used. According to the data collected on the A/C and the location of
the damage from the existing longitudinal skin joints, the affected
panel can be determined. For this example, the damage is located on
panel 8 - lower side shell - located between Stgr 18 & 32, and Fr 47& 64.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
0000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 534/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 530
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC000
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
0000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 535/711
MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 531
U3U061
91-U15T1M0-UM51DC000
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D
The collected information can be reported onto the damage mapping.
The damage is located between Fr 62 and 63. The stringer number
corresponds to the longitudinal skin joint from which the damage has
been located. Nevertheless, the exact stringer numbers surrounding
the damage need to be confirmed. For this purpose, the information
provided in the identification page block of the concerned panel has
to be used.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
0000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 536/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 532
U3U061
91-U15T1M0-UM51DC000
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
0000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 537/711
MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 533
U3U061
91-U15T1M0-UM51DC00
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION
The "Fuselage Section Division" illustration of chapter 53-00-00 used
before, enables the definition of the affected section: rear fuselage -
section 17 - chapter 53-40-00". The general illustration of 53-40-00
identifies the main structural arrangement of the forward fuselage. The
skin plates are part of the main structure covered by the section 53-41-00.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
00000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 538/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 534
U3U061
91-U15T1M0-UM51DC00
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
00000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 539/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 535
U3U061
91-U15T1M0-UM51DC00
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D
Following SRM 53-41-00 guidelines, the figure shows that the skin
panels (skin plates) are item number 5. The illustration associated
nomenclature informs us that the full identification of the skin panels
(skin plates) are covered by SRM 53-41-11.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
00000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 540/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 536
U3U061
91-U15T1M0-UM51DC00
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
00000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 541/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 537
U3U061
91-U15T1M0-UM51DC00
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D
All skin panels (plates) of the forward fuselage are listed within the
nomenclature located at the front page of SRM 53-41-11. Using the
information collected before (affected panel : lower side panel - left,
between Fr 47 & 64 and Stgr 18 & 32), the nomenclature provides
the figure number we have to refer to: "Skin plates - LWR parts LH
Fr 47 to Fr 64: Refer To Figure 6".
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
00000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 542/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 538
U3U061
91-U15T1M0-UM51DC00
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 543/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 539
U3U061
91-U15T1M0-UM51DC0
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D
The figure 6, identifies two different panels configurations (view A
and B):
- the view A applies to the basic version of the skin panel,
- the view B applies to the evolution of the skin panel.
So, there are two different panel configurations illustrated, showing
the basic version of the panel and an other possible version effective
after the embodiment of production modification(s). The modification
numbers are indicated at the bottom of the page. The next step of the
investigation is to define which of these panels is installed on the
concerned A/C.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 544/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 540
U3U061
91-U15T1M0-UM51DC0
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 545/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 541
U3U061
91-U15T1M0-UM51DC0
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D
To identify the actual panel, the modification numbers indicated at
the bottom of the page have to be compared with the service
bulletin/modification list (located at the beginning of chapter
53-40-00). In this list, the effectivity in terms of Manufacturer Serial
Number (MSN) has to be checked.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 546/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 542
U3U061
91-U15T1M0-UM51DC0
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 547/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 543
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC0
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D
The view B of the panel on figure 1, sheet 5 is valid after Modifications
(MODs) 21468K1489A, 22083K2232B, 24958K4082D or
31012K7082. Checking the Modification/Service Bulletin (SB) List
at the beginning of chapter 53-40-00, it appears that our MSN (2042)
is in this list of MSN proposed for the MOD number 31012K7082.
So, the panel installed on the A/C is a modified version, then refer to
view B figure 6, sheet 2.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
C000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 548/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 544
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
C000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 549/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 545
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D
The damage is located between Fr 62 and 63, and is located between
the sixth and the eighth stringer from Stgr 18 (longitudinal skin joint
reference).
This information can be reported onto the illustration and gives:
- the material thickness of the area (code C, giving 1.6 mm (0.063 in),
- the stringer location: the damage is located between Stgr 23LH and
25LH.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
C000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 550/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 546
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
C000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 551/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 547
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
MAPPING (FINALIZATION)
The damage mapping can now be completed with the stringer numbers
and the nominal skin thickness in the scratched area. The damage
assessment using the allowable damage page block is the next step.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
C000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 552/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 548
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
C000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 553/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - MAPPING (FINALIZATION)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 549
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT
To start the damage assessments refer to the page block 101 of the relevant
chapter/section (53-41-11). And start to read carefully the procedure. A
special attention shall be paid to the notes and cautions.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
C000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 554/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 550
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 555/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 551
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA
Read carefully all the cautions, they could give you information on
the assessment. A second caution note indicates that in some cases,
an inspection may be required to check for crack, even if the damage
is determined as being allowable.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 556/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 552
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 557/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 553
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
In the allowable damage description/criteria table (101), the paragraph
4A has to be acknowledged for reworks.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 558/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 554
U3U06
191-U15T1M0-UM51D
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 559/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 555
U3U06
191-U15T1M0-UM51D
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Check the applicability of the allowable damage for reworks.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 560/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 556
U3U06
191-U15T1M0-UM51D
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 561/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 557
U3U06
191-U15T1M0-UM51D
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT
A caution note indicates that the allowable damage effectivity per
A/C weight variant may have to be verified. The weight variant is a
criterion, which is defined for each model of A/C and depending on
its Maximum Take Off Weight (MTOW), Maximum Landing Weight
(MLW), and Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW). The allowable
damage limits are defined per weight variant and for a same model.
The weight variant can change depending on modification or SB
embodiment status. The actual weight variant of the affected A/C has
to be known before starting the assessment. Because of the
modifications, which could be embodied on the A/C, only the
airline-engineering department shall give you this information. The
actual weight variant shall be compared with the data given in a table
in introduction pages.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 562/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 558
U3U06
191-U15T1M0-UM51
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
1DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 563/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 559
U3U06
191-U15T1M0-UM51
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT (CONT'D)
As mentioned in a caution at the beginning of the allowable damage
pages, the allowable damage applicability has to be checked, using
the weight variant exclusion table (table 4) given at the introduction
of the SRM. The information coming from the airline-engineering
department shows that the MSN 2042 is at weight variant 010.
Checking the table 4, the weight variant 010 is included in and thus,
the following allowable damage information can be used.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
1DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 564/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 560
U3U06
191-U15T1M0-UM51
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
1DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 565/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 561
U3U06
191-U15T1M0-UM51
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Two diagrams are given, one for riveted areas and one for unriveted
areas.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
1DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 566/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 562
U3U06
191-U15T1M0-UM5
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
1DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 567/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 563
U3U06
191-U15T1M0-UM5
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
The parameters of the rework have to be determined to be sure that
we are dealing with the correct diagram.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
51DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 568/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 564
U3U06
191-U15T1M0-UM5
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
51DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 569/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 565
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
To determine which diagram to use, we have to check if the damage
is located in a riveted area. A riveted area extends from less than 15
mm (0.590 in) all around a rivet. In the applicable damage, the riveted
area and the unriveted area have to be acknowledged. The maximum
depths of the scratch in riveted and unriveted areas have to be
acknowledged too.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
51DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 570/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 566
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
51DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 571/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 567
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
To be allowable, the rework width has to be equal or longer than forty
times the depth.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
51DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 572/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 568
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
M51DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 573/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 569
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
To complete the diagram, the maximum depth of the rework has to
be expressed as a percentage of the damaged skin thickness.
Those two values (found before) are plotted onto the diagram, which
defines a point. The area where this point is located defines the
subsequent actions to be performed.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
M51DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 574/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 570
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
M51DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 575/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 571
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Check for the first criterion to be fulfilled: the width of the damage
must be at least 40 x T. The depth of the depression in the riveted area
is 0.2 mm; 40*0.2 = 8 mm. The width of the depression is 18.5 mm,
which is higher than 8 mm. So, the first criterion is met.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
M51DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 576/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 572
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
M51DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 577/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 573
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
To complete the diagram, the maximum depth of the rework in the
riveted area has to be expressed as a percentage of the damaged skin
thickness.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
M51DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 578/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 574
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
M51DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 579/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 575
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
ALLOWABLE REWORK DIAGRAM
The depth of the rework as percentage of the skin thickness in
unriveted area, and the length of the rework, are the key to get into to
diagram. You must refer to the data collected before. These two values
are plotted onto the diagram, which defines a point. The area where
this point is located defines the subsequent actions to be performed.
For the concerned rework, read the note: "Check damage for cracks.
Remove damage up to depression depth "T" (section view). Renew
surface protection and repair after 50 flights at the latest". Providedthat no crack is detected by detailed visual inspection, the rework is
considered as an allowable damage with a time limit (temporary
allowable damage). The A/C can be released. But a repair will have
to be done before 50 flights.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
M51DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 580/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 576
U3U0
6191-U15T1M0-UM
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
M51DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 581/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE REWORK DIAGRAM
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 577
U3U0
6191-U15T1M0-UM
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
ALLOWABLE REWORK DIAGRAM (CONT'D)
This diagram enables to determine if the damage is allowable, and
the condition of allowability.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
UM51DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 582/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 578
U3U0
6191-U15T1M0-U
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
UM51DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 583/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE REWORK DIAGRAM (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 579
U3U0
6191-U15T1M0-U
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - CONCLUSION
In the allowable example, two assessments have been done, the more
restrictive one has to be acknowledged. So, the damage has to be checked
for cracks, damage up to depression depth has to be removed, the surface
has to be renewed and the A/C has to be repaired after 50 flights at the
latest.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
UM51DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 584/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 580
U3U0
6191-U15T1M0-U
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
UM51DC000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 585/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - CONCLUSION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 581
U3U0
6191-U15T1M0-U
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this example is to present you, the complete procedure
to be followed when a damage is discovered, from the damage mapping
draft to the final structure damage assessment. This example was chosen
as it represents one of the more usual types of damage on the A/C and
enables to make an in depth investigation with all the different stages.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 586/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 582
U3U0
6191-U15T1M0-U
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 587/711
INTRODUCTION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 583
U3U0
6191-U15T1M0-U
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE
The damage is located onto the fuselage skin, thus, all the information
regarding the identification of the part, allowable damage and repair, if
any, are to be found within chapter 53 of the SRM. Information
concerning the damage classification and reporting are to be found within
SRM chapter 51-11-00. The applicable damage is a scratch with no visible
crack.
At this stage: take visual reference to facilitate damage location.
Such as, forward or an aft passengers door, or a cargo door, above or
below cabin floor level at stringer (Stgr) 23, near a longitudinal orcircumferential joint, etc...).
If the scratch is near a rivet row, an internal visual inspection is required
to determine whether the internal structure (frame, stringer, etc...) is also
damaged or not.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 588/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 584
U3U0
6191-U15T1M0-U
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 589/711
IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 585
U3U0
6191-U15T1M0-
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
MAPPING
DRAFT
Using the SRM 51-11-13 as a guide, the maximum information should
be taken from the A/C before starting any assessment (measurement
and location of the maximum depth, distance from dent edges to the
nearest fastener rows, existing closest skin joints or any other visible
structure that will help in the detailed location of the damage, etc...).
The damage is located onto the fuselage skin, thus, all the information
regarding the identification of the part, allowable damage and repair,
if any, are to be found within the chapter 53 of the SRM.
NOTE: on the affected panel, there are no stringer rivet rows, thus,
stringers, if any, should be welded onto the skin: it is not
possible to identify the stringer references.
As a consequence, it is necessary to measure the distance from a
longitudinal skin joint to the dent maximum depth, in order to get a
reference for the location of the dent. This reference will be compared
with the welded stringer references coming from the SRM, page blocks
101 and 201 (see next pages).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 590/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 586
U3U0
6191-U15T1M0-
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 591/711
MAPPING - DRAFT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 587
U3U0
6191-U15T1M0-
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
MAPPING (continued)
CIRCUMFERENTIAL SKIN JOINT IDENTIFICATION
The illustration of the chapter 53-00-00 enables the operator to
determine the circumferential joints related frame numbers. In the
given example, the damage is located in the aft center fuselage section,
with the circumferential skin joints at Fr 47/54 and Fr 64.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 592/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 588
U3U06191-U15T1M0-
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 593/711
MAPPING - CIRCUMFERENTIAL SKIN JOINT IDENTIFICATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 589
U3U06191-U15T1M0-
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
MAPPING (continued)
CIRCUMFERENTIAL SKIN JOINT IDENTIFICATION
(CONT'D)
Using the frame identification illustration of chapter 53-00-00, and
the data collected during the damage mapping, the frames surrounding
the damage can be determined. According to the mapping information,
the damage is located between the fourth and the fifth frame before
the circumferential skin joint located at frame (Fr) 64. Consequently
the damage is located between Fr 59 and 60.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 594/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 590
U3U06191-U15T1M0-
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 595/711
MAPPING - CIRCUMFERENTIAL SKIN JOINT IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 591
U3U06191-U15T1M0
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
MAPPING (continued)
LONGITUDINAL SKIN JOINT AND PANEL
IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)
To complete the damage location, the stringers surrounding the damage
also need to be determined. For this purpose, the "General Panel
Identification" illustrations, proposed within chapter 53-00-00, can
be used. According to the data collected on the A/C and the location
of the damage from the existing longitudinal skin joints, the affected
panel can be determined. For this example, the damage is located on
panel 5 - lower side shell - located between Stgr 32 LH and 41 RH,and Fr 47/54 and 64. As seen before, this panel is a welded
skin/stringer panel, thus, refer to page block 101 to determine the
stringers position.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 596/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 592
U3U06191-U15T1M0
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 597/711
MAPPING - LONGITUDINAL SKIN JOINT AND PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 593
U3U06191-U15T1M0
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
MAPPING (continued)
WELDED STRINGERS POSITION
First, refer to the page block 101 of the relevant chapter/section
(53-41-11) and start to read carefully the procedure. Refer to the
allowable damage description/criteria table to find the concerned
paragraph (4F): "Fuselage Skin Plates Fr 47 / 54 Thru Fr 64 Between
Stgr 32 LH and Stgr 41 RH (Welded Panel)".
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 598/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 594
U3U06191-U15T1M0
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 599/711
MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 595
U3U06191-U15T1M0
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
MAPPING (continued)
WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)
Read the notes within the relevant paragraph to find information about
the definition and determination of undisturbed skin (unwelded and
unriveted).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 600/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 596
U3U06191-U15T1M0
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 601/711
MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 597
U3U06191-U15T1M0
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
MAPPING (continued)
WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)
This figure shows how unwelded and unriveted areas, welded areas,
riveted areas and coupling areas are defined. Two methods of
measurement are given, we look at measurement from outside, a flag
refers to SRM chapter 53-41-11 page block 201 to get stringer
positions on a welded panel.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 602/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 598
U3U06191-U15T1M0
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 603/711
MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 599
U3U
06191-U15T1M
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
MAPPING (continued)
WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)
This diagram provides the distances from the lap joint 41RH to all
welded stringers, at each frame location. Therefore a new mapping is
required. The distance from the lap joint (Stgr 41RH) to the dent
maximum depth (at Fr 60) becomes 825 mm.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 604/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 600
U3U
06191-U15T1M
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 605/711
MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 601
U3U
06191-U15T1M
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
MAPPING (continued)
WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)
This distance (825 mm) must be compared with the distances from
the lap joint 41RH to the welded stringers, to locate the dent.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 606/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 602
U3U
06191-U15T1M
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 607/711
MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 603
U3U
06191-U15T1M
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
MAPPING (continued)
WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)
We conclude that the dent is located between Stgr 40 and 41LH and
it is now possible to finalize the draft (see next page).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 608/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 604
U3U
06191-U15T1M
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 609/711
MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 605
U3U
06191-U15T1M
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION
The "fuselage section division" illustration of chapter 53-00-00 used
before enables the definition of the affected section: aft center fuselage,
part of rear fuselage - section 16/17 - chapter 53-40-00. The general
illustration of the chapter 53-40-00 identifies the main structural
arrangement of the rear fuselage. The skin plates are part of the main
structure covered by the section 53-41-00.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 610/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 606
U3U
06191-U15T1M
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 611/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 607
U3U
06191-U15T1M
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)
Following SRM 53-41-00 guidelines, the figure shows that the skin
panels (skin plates) are item number 5. The identification table informs
us that the full identification of the skin panels (skin plates) are covered
by SRM 53-41-11.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 612/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 608
U3U
06191-U15T1
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 613/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 609
U3U
06191-U15T1
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)
The identification table of SRM 53-41-11 refers to the figure 3 sheet
2 for the skin panel located between Fr 58A & Fr 64, and Stgr 41RH
& Stgr 32LH.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 614/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 610
U3U
06191-U15T1
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 615/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 611
U3U
06191-U15T1
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)
The damaged panel is illustrated onto two sheets. According to the
figure 3 sheet 1, the damaged panel is item number 1.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 616/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 612
U3U
06191-U15T
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 617/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 613
U3U
06191-U15T
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)
There is no modification associated to item 1 thus: it is the basic panel.
No other item/Part Number (P/N) with associated Modification
(MOD)/Service Bulletins (SB) status is available in the nomenclature
table so, the skin panel of MSN 2218 is the Part Number (P/N)
D53479410202.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 618/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 614
U3U
06191-U15T
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 619/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 615
U3U
06191-U15T
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
DETERMINATION OF SKIN THICKNESS IN DENTED
AREA
The damage is located between Fr 59 & 60, and Stgr 40LH & 41LH.
This information can be reported onto the illustration and gives the
skin thickness in the dented area (code B, giving 1.6 mm (0.063 in)).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 620/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 616
U3U
06191-U15T
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 621/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETERMINATION OF SKIN THICKNESS IN DENTED AREA
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 617
U3U
06191-U15T
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
MAPPING (FINALIZATION)
The damage mapping can now be completed with the stringer numbers
and the nominal skin thickness in the dented area. As the mapping is
at scale 1:1, we can measure the distance between Stgr 40LH and the
deepest point of the dent (59 mm), and the distance between Stgr 40
and the edge of the dent (49 mm). The damage assessment using the
allowable damage page block 101 is the next step.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 622/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 618
U3U
06191-U15T
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 623/711
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - MAPPING (FINALIZATION)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 619
U3U
06191-U15T
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT
GENERAL
To start the damage assessments refer to the page block 101 of the
relevant chapter/section (53-41-11), and start to read carefully the
procedure. A special attention shall be paid to the notes and cautions.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
5T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 624/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 620
U3U
06191-U15
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
5T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 625/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 621
U3U06191-U15
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT
In the relevant paragraph 4F (fuselage skin plates Fr 47/54 thru Fr 64
between Stgr 32 LH and Stgr 41 RH (welded panel)), a caution note
indicates that the allowable damage effectivity per A/C weight variant
may have to be verified.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
5T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 626/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 622
U3U06191-U15
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
5T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 627/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 623
U3U06191-U15
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT (CONT'D)
The weight variant is a criterion which is defined for each model of
A/C and depending on its Maximum Take Off Weight (MTOW),
Maximum Landing Weight (MLW), and Maximum Zero Fuel Weight
(MZFW). The allowable damage limits are defined per weight variant
and, for a same model, the weight variant can change, depending on
modification or SB embodiment status. The current weight variant of
the affected A/C has to be known before starting the assessment. If
the A/C weight variant is not within the table, a damage report has to
be sent to Airbus.
Depending on SB/Mod since A/C delivery, only the airline-engineering
department is able to give you the current A/C weight variant. The
current weight variant shall be compared with the data given in a table
at the beginning of allowable damage related paragraph.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
5T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 628/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 624
U3U06191-U15
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
5T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 629/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 625
U3U06191-U1
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA
A second caution note indicates that in some cases, an inspection
program has to be followed.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 630/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 626
U3U06191-U1
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 631/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 627
U3U06191-U1
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Check the applicability of the allowable damage for dents.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 632/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 628
U3U06191-U1
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 633/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 629
U3U06191-U
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Refer to paragraph 4F for dents. Dents are considered as fulfilling
nearness/form criterion or out of nearness/form criterion in accordance
with their geometry and their proximity to the nearest adjacent internal
structure elements. This must be determined according to the
parameters defined in figure 114 and diagram 102.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 634/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 630
U3U06191-U
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 635/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 631
U3U06191-U
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE
In areas of riveted substructure, to define whether the dent fulfils
nearness/form criterion, two criteria have to be checked. Refer to
figure 114 sheet 1. B must be at least 15 mm, where B is the smallest
distance measured from the dent edge to any fastener row or any
cutout. D must be maximum 10 % of A, where D is the maximum
depth of the dent and A is the smallest distance measured from D
point to the closest adjacent structure.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 636/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 632
U3
U06191-U
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 637/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 633
U3
U06191-U
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)
Check whether the first criterion is fulfilled: B distance is minimum
15 mm.
The smallest distance measured between the edge of the dent and the
surrounding fastener rows is 95 mm, which is higher than 15 mm.
The first criterion is met.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 638/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 634
U3
U06191-U
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 639/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 635
U3
U06191-U
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)
The second criterion consists in comparing the maximum depth of
the dent (D) with the smallest distance measured from the deepest
point of the dent to the closest adjacent structure (distance A). If no
access from inside, the measurement is taken from outside. In this
case, A is X-15 mm, where X is the distance between the deepest
point and the closest fastener row.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 640/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 636
U3
U06191-U
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 641/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 637
U3
U06191-
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)
Check whether the second criterion is fulfilled: D less or equal to 10
% of A. The depth of the dent should be maximum 10% of the distance
A. The smallest distance between the deepest point of the dent and
the surrounding fastener rows is 221 mm. Since measured from
outside, distance A = 221 mm - 15 mm = 206 mm. The second
criterion is met: D = 3 mm is smaller than 10 % of A.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 642/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 638
U3
U06191-
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 643/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 639
U3
U06191-
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
AREA OF UNRIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE
In areas of unriveted substructure, to define whether the dent fulfils
the nearness/form criterion, two criteria have to be checked. Refer to
figure 114 sheet 2. Dent should be out of the welded area. D is
maximum 10 % of A, where D is the maximum depth of the dent and
A is the distance measured from D point to the boundary of the welded
area. Figure 114 sheet 2 informs us to refer to figure 115 for welded
areas.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 644/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 640
U3
U06191-
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
-U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 645/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF UNRIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 641
U3
U06191-
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DEFINITION OF AREAS (CONT'D)
This figure defines that a welded area is delimited by 25 mm up and
down the stringer.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
-U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 646/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 642
U3
U06191-
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
-U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 647/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DEFINITION OF AREAS (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 643
U3
U06191
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
AREA OF UNRIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)
The welded area of 50 mm width has been reported on the mapping;
the first criterion is fulfilled as the dent is out of the welded area.
Check whether the second criteria is fulfilled: D 10 % A. The dent
fulfils both nearness form/criterion for unriveted area and riveted area,
thus continue the damage assessment.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
-U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 648/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 644
U3U06191
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
-U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 649/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF UNRIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 645
U3U06191
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
As mentioned in a caution at the beginning of the allowable damage
pages, the allowable damage applicability have to be checked, using
the weight variant table (table 107) given at the beginning of the
paragraph. The information coming from the airline-engineering
department shows that the MSN 2218 is at weight variant 004. Since
the weight variant 004 is within table 107, continue the damage
assessment.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
-U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 650/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 646
U3U06191
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
1-U15T1M0-UM51DL00000000
1
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 651/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 647
U3U06191
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
Before starting comparing the dents in accordance with diagram 102
as mentioned in paragraph 2, read the paragraph 3.
We have checked that the dent is out of riveted areas and welded areas,
if we look at figure 115 we see that the dent is also out of coupling
areas.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
1-U15T1M0-UM51DL00000000
1
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 652/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 648
U3U06191
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
1-U15T1M0-UM51DL00000000
1
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 653/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 649
U3U06191
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM
The key to the allowable damage diagram is the skin thickness in
dented area and the dent depth. You must refer to the data collected
before (damage mapping). The diagram is associated to requirements
already checked at an early stage.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
1-U15T1M0-UM51DL00000000
1
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 654/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 650
U3U0619
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
1-U15T1M0-UM51DL00000000
1
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 655/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 651
U3U0619
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM (CONT'D)
The skin thickness in the dented area is 1.6 mm (found in the
identification pages). The depth of the dent is 4 mm (measured from
the A/C-damage mapping). These two values are plotted onto the
diagram, which defines a point. The area where this point is located
defines the subsequent actions to be performed. For the concerned
dent read the note: "Check Damage For Cracks By Detailed Visual
Examination. If Clear, repair Within 3000 FC". Provided that no crack
is detected by detailed visual inspection, the dent is considered as an
allowable damage with a time limit (temporary allowable damage).The A/C can be released. But a repair will have to be done before
3000 Flight Cycles (FC). If cracked, contact Airbus or repair before
next flight.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
91-U15T1M0-UM51DL00000000
1
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 656/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 652
U3U0619
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
91-U15T1M0-UM51DL00000000
1
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 657/711
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 653
U3U0619
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)
SOURCES OF DAMAGE
Throughout its operational life, the aircraft structure is subjected to
different types of damage:
- fatigue damage (cracking),
- accidental damage (e.g. bird impact, ground handling,...),
- deteriorations due to environmental and operating conditions (lightning
strike, corrosion, ...).
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
91-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 658/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 654
U3U0619
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
91-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 659/711
SOURCES OF DAMAGE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 655
U
3U0619
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)
SOURCES OF DAMAGE (continued)
DAMAGE DETECTION/PREVENTION
Concerning fatigue damage, the aircraft is designed and justified, to
be free of significant fatigue cracking during its Design Service Goal
(DSG). The scheduled structure inspection programs are prepared to
detect any fatigue cracking before it reaches a critical length.
Inspections for corrosion are also part of the scheduled maintenance
program. Nevertheless, the maximum protection schemes and attention
is paid to protect the aircraft structure against known environmental
aggressions. In addition, the basic protections should be kept in good
conditions and some basic precautions should also be considered.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
91-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 660/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 656
U
3U061
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
91-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 661/711
SOURCES OF DAMAGE - DAMAGE DETECTION/PREVENTION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 657
U
3U061
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)
SURFACE PROTECTIONS
- the material,
- the function,
- the location.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 662/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 658
U
3U061
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 663/711
SURFACE PROTECTIONS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 659
U
3U061
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)
SURFACE PROTECTIONS (continued)
PROTECTIVE TREATMENT AREAS - FUSELAGE
- difficult access, and/or high risk of accidental damage.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 664/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 660
U
3U06
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 665/711
SURFACE PROTECTIONS - PROTECTIVE TREATMENT AREAS - FUSELAGE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 661
U
3U06
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)
SURFACE PROTECTIONS (continued)
TYPE OF PROTECTIVE TREATMENTS
- Type 2 - heavy-duty corrosion preventive compound: grease-like
coatings containing corrosion inhibitors which protect against corrosive
agents.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
6191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 666/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 662
U
3U06
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
6191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 667/711
SURFACE PROTECTIONS - TYPE OF PROTECTIVE TREATMENTS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 663
U
3U06
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)
SEALANTS
SEALING IN TYPICAL FUSELAGE AREAS
In some specified areas of the aircraft, for example the lower shell, a
protective layer is put on the sealant. This layer makes sure that other
materials (for example, fuel, hydraulic oil, engine oil and waste fluids
from the toilets and galleys) do not cause a deterioration of the sealant.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
6191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 668/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 664
U
3U06
SEALANTS SEALING IN TYPICAL FUSELAGE AREAS
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
6191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 669/711
SEALANTS - SEALING IN TYPICAL FUSELAGE AREAS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 665
U
3U06
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)
SEALANTS (continued)
SEALING IN TYPICAL FUEL TANK AREAS
In the fuel tanks, the sealant is used to prevent fuel leaks and corrosion
of the fuel tank.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
6191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 670/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 666
U
3U0
SEALANTS SEALING IN TYPICAL FUEL TANK AREAS
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 671/711
SEALANTS - SEALING IN TYPICAL FUEL TANK AREAS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 667
U
3U0
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)
DRAINAGE
- special drain valves installed in those parts of the fuselage and which
are pressurized in flight.
The drain holes and drain valves are usually at the lowest part of the
fuselage. It is important that any unwanted liquids get to the drain holes
or valves. The structure of the lower fuselage is constructed so that a path
is given for these liquids. When you do a repair, make sure that you keep
this path free of unwanted materials.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 672/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 668
U
3U0
DRAINAGE
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 673/711
DRAINAGE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 669
U
3U0
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)
COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION
COMPOSITE DAMAGES
Composite structures can be damaged by lightning strikes or handling
operations. The environmental conditions may be the source of damage
like rain, dust. The structure can also be affected by impact of foreign
objects or birds for example. At the design stage, the structure has the
maximum protection against these different sources of damage.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 674/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 670
U
3U0
COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - COMPOSITE DAMAGES
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 675/711
COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION COMPOSITE DAMAGES
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 671
U
3U0
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)
COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)
LIGHTNING STRIKE PROTECTION
- Zone 3: this zone includes all of the aircraft surfaces that are not in
Zone 1 and 2. In Zone 3, there is a low probability of attachment of
a lightning strike. However, high lightning currents can go through
Zone 3 by direct conduction between two attachment points. Zone 3
currents will also go into Zones 1 and 2.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 676/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 672
U
3U
COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - LIGHTNING STRIKE PROTECTION
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 677/711
COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION LIGHTNING STRIKE PROTECTION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 673
U
3U
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)
COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)
RADOME
This AMM extract deals with an example of lightning strike protection
in Zone 1, the radome. The radome is a sandwich structure with quartz
fiber skins; it is protected using copper straps on the external surface,
and bonding braids connecting the aluminum alloy frame to the
fuselage structure.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 678/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 674
U
3U
COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - RADOME
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 679/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 675
U
3U
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)
COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)
ELEVATORS AND RUDDER
This second example shows the lightning strike protection of the
elevators and rudder trailing edges and tip, which are also located in
Zone 1. The elevators and the rudder are basically carbon fiber
structures. Their trailing edges are made of an aluminum alloy profile
and their tips are also made of aluminum alloy.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 680/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 676
U
3U
COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - ELEVATORS AND RUDDER
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 681/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 677
U3U
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)
COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)
ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY
The Nose Landing Gear doors are located in Zone 2. Their protection
and the electrical continuity is achieved using a metallic grid installed
at the manufacturing stage on the top of the composite layers. Note
that in most cases, this grid should be restored when damaged, as per
the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) procedures.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 682/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 678
U3U
COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 683/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 679
U3
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)
COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)
HANDLING OF COMPOSITE STRUCTURES
To keep composite structures in good and serviceable conditions, the
operator should avoid any damage during handling and/or maintenance
operations (such as chopped tools, take care of no step areas, ...).
Chemical strippers are not authorized on composite structures (the
resin system may be deteriorated). The protection like paint schemes
and special layers (e.g. tedlar layers on inside surfaces) should be kept
in good condition. The drying of composites is also essential before
hot bonding repair operations.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 684/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 680
U3
COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - HANDLING OF COMPOSITE STRUCTURES
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 685/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 681
U3
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)
COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)
ENVIRONMENTAL & IMPACT PROTECTION
The impact protection of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)
leading edge is achieved by a metallic cover plate.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 686/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 682
U3
COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - ENVIRONMENTAL & IMPACT PROTECTION
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 687/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 683
U3
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)
COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)
ENVIRONMENTAL & IMPACT PROTECTION (CONT'D)
- titanium fasteners.
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 688/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 684
U
COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - ENVIRONMENTAL & IMPACT PROTECTION (CONT'D)
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 689/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006
Page 685
U
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)
SESSION OBJECTIVES
SESSION SET-UP
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE
IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGED
PART
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE-GENERAL
DAMAGE CRITERIA
ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM USAGE/FINAL
DECISION
CONCLUSION
DAMAGE LOCATION
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51210000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 690/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006
Page 686
U
SESSION OBJECTIVES ... DAMAGE LOCATION
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51210000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 691/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006
Page 687
U
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)
MAPPING
DRAFT
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51210000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 692/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006
Page 688
U
MAPPING - DRAFT
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51210000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 693/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006
Page 689
U
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)
MAPPING (continued)
FINALIZATION
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51210000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 694/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006
Page 690
U
MAPPING - FINALIZATION
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51210000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 695/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006
Page 691
U
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)
ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51210000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 696/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006
Page 692
ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51210000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 697/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006
Page 693
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)
SESSION OBJECTIVES
SESSION SET-UP
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE
DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION/LOCATION
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGED
PART
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE - GENERAL
APPLICABLE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM
ALLOWABLE SCRATCH DIAGRAM USAGE/FINAL
DECISION
CONCLUSION
DAMAGE LOCATION
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51220000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 698/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006
Page 694
SESSION OBJECTIVES ... DAMAGE LOCATION
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51220000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 699/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006
Page 695
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)
MAPPING
DRAFT
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51220000000
01
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 700/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006
Page 696
MAPPING - DRAFT
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5122000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 701/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006
Page 697
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)
MAPPING (continued)
FINALIZATION
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5122000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 702/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006
Page 698
MAPPING - FINALIZATION
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5122000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 703/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006
Page 699
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)
ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5122000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 704/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006
Page 700
ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5122000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 705/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006
Page 701
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)
SESSION OBJECTIVES
SESSION SET-UP
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE
DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION
STRINGERS LOCATION
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGED
PART
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE - GENERAL
DAMAGE CRITERIA
CONCLUSION
DAMAGE LOCATION
5 5 6
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5123000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 706/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3) May 10, 2006
Page 702
SESSION OBJECTIVES ... DAMAGE LOCATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE T1 (V2500 A5/ME) A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX 3 OPERAT SCENARIO(3) M 10 2006
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5123000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 707/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3) May 10, 2006
Page 703
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)
MAPPING
DRAFT
MAINTENANCE COURSE T1 (V2500 A5/ME) A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX 3 OPERAT SCENARIO(3) M 10 2006
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5123000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 708/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3) May 10, 2006
Page 704
MAPPING - DRAFT
MAINTENANCE COURSE T1 (V2500 A5/ME) A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX 3 OPERAT SCENARIO(3) May 10 2006
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5123000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 709/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3) May 10, 2006
Page 705
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)
MAPPING (continued)
RESULT
MAINTENANCE COURSE T1 (V2500 A5/ME) A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX 3 OPERAT SCENARIO(3) May 10 2006
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5123000000001
8/22/2019 51 Structure
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 710/711
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE
A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3) May 10, 2006
Page 706
MAPPING - RESULT
MAINTENANCE COURSE T1 (V2500 A5/ME) A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX 3 OPERAT SCENARIO(3) May 10 2006
SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL
U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5123000000001